AuroraMiddleware/gtk2
1
0
Fork 0
forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity
5dfb5b23ed
gtk2/po-properties/gu.po

6711 lines
262 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Translations
2005-08-28 07:54:42 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-03 04:43:30 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-08 06:04:23 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-09 06:21:15 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-11 06:57:49 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-15 05:02:53 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-16 04:32:01 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-17 05:26:32 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-23 03:52:47 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-24 05:14:33 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-25 05:40:51 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-31 12:05:46 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-02 05:48:12 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-05 04:28:10 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-08 04:32:19 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-19 06:11:10 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-20 05:30:12 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-21 04:40:37 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu.po to Gujarati
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
# Ankit Patel <ankit644@yahoo.com>, 2005, 2006.
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
msgstr ""
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties.HEAD.gu\n"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2.11.2 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18057
2007-06-06 13:40:24 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-06 09:04-0400\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-07 10:03+0530\n"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"Last-Translator: Ankit Patel <ankit644@yahoo.com>\n"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
"Language-Team: Gujarati <indianoss-gujarati@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
"\n"
broken pipe
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
"\n"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
"\n"
2.9.2
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
"\n"
2.9.1
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
"\n"
2.9.0
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
"\n"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-03 04:43:30 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-09 06:21:15 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-11 06:57:49 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-15 05:02:53 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-16 04:32:01 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-23 03:52:47 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-24 05:14:33 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-25 05:40:51 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-31 12:05:46 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-02 05:48:12 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-05 04:28:10 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-19 06:11:10 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-20 05:30:12 +00:00
"\n"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-21 04:40:37 +00:00
"\n"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:89
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Number of Channels"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "ચેનલોની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:90
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પિક્સેલ પ્રતિ નમૂનાઓની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:99
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Colorspace"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "રંગજગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:100
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "રંગજગ્યા કે જેમાં નમૂનાઓ ઈન્ટરપ્રીટ થયેલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:108
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Alpha"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પાસે આલ્ફા છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:109
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું pixbuf પાસે આલ્ફા ચેનલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:122
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bits per Sample"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "નમૂના પ્રતિ બાઈટો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:123
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "નમૂના પ્રતિ બાઈટોની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:132 gtk/gtklayout.c:618 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:202
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:133
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "pixbuf ના સ્તંભોની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:142 gtk/gtklayout.c:627
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "ઊંચાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:143
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "pixbuf ની હરોળોની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:159
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Rowstride"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "Rowstride"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:160
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટી અને ખસેડાયેલી વિન્ડો વચ્ચે પિક્સેલની સંખ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:169
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પિક્સેલો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:170
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "pixbuf ની પિક્સેલ માહિતીનો નિર્દેશક"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:103
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Default Display"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મૂળભૂત ડિસ્પ્લે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:104
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The default display for GDK"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "GDK માટેનો મૂળભૂત ડિસ્પ્લે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:490 gtk/gtkinvisible.c:86 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:227
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:585
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "સ્ક્રીન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:491
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "રેન્ડર કરનાર માટે GdkScreen"
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:74
Updated Translations
2005-08-28 07:54:42 +00:00
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ વિકલ્પો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:75
Updated Translations
2005-08-28 07:54:42 +00:00
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
msgstr "સ્ક્રીન માટે મૂળભુત ફોન્ટ વિકલ્પો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:82
Updated Translations
2005-08-28 07:54:42 +00:00
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ રીઝોલ્યુશન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:83
Updated Translations
2005-08-28 07:54:42 +00:00
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "સ્ક્રીન પર ફોન્ટ માટેનું રીઝોલ્યુશન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:197
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ નામ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:198
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"કાર્યક્રમનું નામ. જો આ સુયોજિત નહિં હોય, તો તેમાં g_get_application_name() મૂળભુત થઈ જશે"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:212
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program version"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ આવૃત્તિ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:213
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The version of the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમની આવૃત્તિ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:227
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright string"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કોપીરાઈટ શબ્દમાળા"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:228
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ માટે કોપીરાઈટ જાણકારી"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:245
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments string"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ટિપ્પણીઓ શબ્દમાળા"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:246
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments about the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમ વિશે ટિપ્પણીઓ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:280
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website URL"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વેબસાઈટ URL"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:281
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમની વેબસાઈટ માટે URL ની કડી"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:297
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વેબસાઈટ લેબલ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:298
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"કાર્યક્રમની વેબસાઈટ માટે કડી માટેનું લેબલ. જો આ સુયોજિત નહિં હોય, તો તેમાં URL મૂળભુત થઈ જશે"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:314
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Authors"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લેખકો"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:315
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "List of authors of the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમના લેખકોની યાદી"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:331
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Documenters"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "દસ્તાવેજકારકો"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:332
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમનું દસ્તાવેજીકરણ કરતા લોકોની યાદી"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:348
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Artists"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કલાકારો"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:349
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યક્રમની કલાકૃતિમાં ફાળો આપનાર લોકોની યાદી"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:366
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Translator credits"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અનુવાદક શ્રેય"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:367
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અનુવાદકોનો શ્રેય. આ શબ્દમાળા અનુવાદ કરી શકાય તે રીતે ચિહ્નિત થવી જોઈએ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:382
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લોગો"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:383
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"વિશે બોક્સ માટે લોગો. જો આ સુયોજિત નહિં હોય, તો તેમાં "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list() મૂળભુત થશે"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:398
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લોગો ચિહ્ન નામ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:399
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વિશે બોક્સ માટે લોગો તરીકે વાપરવાનું નામવાળું ચિહ્ન."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:412
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Wrap license"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લાઈસન્સ લપેટો"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:413
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું લાઈસન્સ લખાણ લપેટવાનું છે."
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:114
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "પ્રવેગ બંધ કરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:115
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "પ્રવેગમાં થતા બદલાવો માટે બંધ કરવાની પ્રક્રિયાનું નિરીક્ષણ કરો."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:121
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "પ્રવેગ વિજેટ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:122
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "પ્રવેગમાં થતા બદલાવો માટે વિજેટનું નિરીક્ષણ કરો."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:193 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:137 gtk/gtkprinter.c:119
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name"
msgstr "નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:194
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A unique name for the action."
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "ક્રિયાનું એકલ નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:209 gtk/gtkbutton.c:199 gtk/gtkexpander.c:185
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:95 gtk/gtklabel.c:297 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:180
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Label"
msgstr "લેબલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:210
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુ વસ્તુઓ અને બટનો માટે વપરાતું લેબલ કે જે આ ક્રિયાને સક્રિય કરે છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:217
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "ટેબનુ લેબલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:218
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "નાનું લેબલ કે જે સાધનપટ્ટી બટનો માટે ઉપયોગી થાય છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:224
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tooltip"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "સાધન ટીપ્પણી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:225
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "આ ક્રિયા માટે સાધનટીપ્પણી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:231
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "જથ્થાની ઓળખ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:232
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "સ્ટોક ચિહ્ન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:249 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172 gtk/gtkimage.c:229
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:168 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:200 gtk/gtkwindow.c:577
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "ચિહ્ન નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:250 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:173 gtk/gtkimage.c:230
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:201
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "ચિહ્ન નામમાથી ચિહ્નનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:256 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:130
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "આડું હોય ત્યારે દૃશ્યમાન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:257 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:131
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું સાધનપટ્ટી વસ્તુ દૃશ્યમાન થશે જ્યારે સાધનપટ્ટી આડી દિશામાં છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:272
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Visible when overflown"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વધુ ભરાઈ જાય ત્યારે દૃશ્યમાન"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:273
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"જ્યારે સાચું હોય, ત્યારે સાધનવસ્તુ પ્રોક્સીઓ માટે આ ક્રિયા સાધનપટ્ટી વધારેભરાઈ જાય તે મેનુ રજૂ "
"થાય છે."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:280 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:137
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Visible when vertical"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ઉભું હોય ત્યારે દૃશ્યમાન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:281 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે સાધનપટ્ટી ઊભી દિશામાં હોય ત્યારે શું સાધનપટ્ટી વસ્તુ દૃશ્યમાન થશે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:288 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:144
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Is important"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "જરુરી છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:289
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું ક્રિયા મહત્વની હોય એ જરૂરી છે. જ્યારે સાચું હોય, ત્યારે આ ક્રિયા માટેની સાધનવસ્તુ "
"પ્રોક્સીઓ GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ સ્થિતિમાં લખાણ બતાવે છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:297
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Hide if empty"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "જો ખાલી હોય તો છુપાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:298
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે સાચું હોય, ત્યારે આ ક્રિયા માટેની ખાલી મેનુ પ્રોક્સીઓ છુપાયેલ હોય છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:304 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:144 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:193
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:483
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "સંવેદનશીલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:305
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું વિજેટ દૃશ્યમાન છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:311 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:151 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:243
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:186 gtk/gtkwidget.c:476
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Visible"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દૃશ્યમાન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:312
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું વિજેટ દૃશ્યમાન છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:318
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "કાર્યશીલ વિસ્તારની કિનારી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:319
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"GtkActionGroup આ GtkAction સાથે સંકળાયેલ છે, અથવા NULL સાથે (આંતરિક વપરાશ માટે)."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A name for the action group."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ક્રિયા જૂથ માટે નામ."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:145
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું ક્રિયા જૂથ સક્રિય કરેલ છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:152
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું ક્રિયા જૂથ દૃશ્યમાન છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:86 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:121
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:268
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Value"
msgstr "કિંમત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:87
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "ગોઠવણની કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:103
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "ન્યૂનતમ x"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:104
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "સ્તંભ માટે ન્યૂનતમ માન્ય રાખેલી પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:123
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "મહત્તમ લંબાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:124
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "સ્તંભ માટે મહત્તમ માન્ય રાખેલી પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:140
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "સ્ક્રીન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:141
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "પ્રવેશના સમાવિષ્ટો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:157
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Page Increment"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "પાના વધારો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:158
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "પ્રવેશના સમાવિષ્ટો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Page Size"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "પાનાનું માપ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:178
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "બટનની ફેરબદલની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:92
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "આડી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:93 gtk/gtkbutton.c:250
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"પ્રાપ્ય જગ્યામાં બાળની આડી સ્થિતિ.0.0 ડાબી બાજુ, અને 1.0 જમણી બાજુ કતારબંધ રીતે "
"ગોઠવાયેલી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:102
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "ઊભી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:103 gtk/gtkbutton.c:269
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"પ્રાપ્ય જગ્યામાં બાળની ઊભી સ્થિતિ.0.0 ઉપરની બાજુ,1.0 નીચેની બાજુ કતારબંધ રીતે ગોઠવાયેલી "
"છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:111
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "આડુ માપદંડ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:112
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"જો પ્રાપ્ય આડી જગ્યા બાળને જરુર કરતા વધારે હોય તો, બાળ માટે તેનો કેટલોઉપયોગ થયો. 0.0 "
"એટલે જરા પણ નહિ, 1.0 એટલે બધી."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:120
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "ઉભુ માપદંડ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:121
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"જો પ્રાપ્ય ઉભી જગ્યા બાળને જરુર કરતા વધારે હોય તો, બાળ માટે તેનો કેટલો ઉપયોગ થયો. 0.0 "
"એટલે જરાપણ નહિ,1.0 એટલે બધી."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:139
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "બાળ વિજેટની ઉપરની બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો હરોળનો ક્રમાંક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:155
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:156
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "બાળને નીચેથી જોડવાની હરોળની સંખ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:172
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:173
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "બાળની ડાબી બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો સ્તંભનો ક્રમાંક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:189
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "જમણો હાંસ્યો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:190
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિજેટની ડાબી અને જમણી બાજુને ઉમેરવામાં આવતી જગ્યા પિક્સેલમાં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:76
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "તીરની દિશા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:77
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "દિશા કે જે તીરે દર્શાવવી જોઈએ."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:84
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "તીરનો પડછાયો."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:85
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "તીરની આજુબાજુ તેના પડછાયાનો દેખાવ."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "હરોળ વચ્ચે જગ્યા"
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:92
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr ""
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:79
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "આડી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:80
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "બાળની X દિશામાં ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:86
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "ઉભી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:87
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "બાળની Y દિશામાં ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:93
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "ગુણોત્તર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:94
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "ધારેલો ગુણોત્તર જો આજ્ઞાંકિત બાળ ખોટો હોય તો.(_c)"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:100
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "આજ્ઞાંકિત બાળ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:101
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "ધારેલા ગુણોત્તરને ચોકઠાના બાળ સાથે બંધબેસવા માટે મજબૂર કરો."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "મેનુબાર ની આસપાસ ઉઠાવ(bevel) નો પ્રકાર"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટ વસ્તુની આસપાસ ઉઠાવનો પ્રકાર"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "પેક પ્રકાર"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "સંદેશાનો પ્રકાર"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "પાનાનું માપ"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:305
#, fuzzy
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "વિન્ડોનું શીર્ષક"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "હેડરો ક્લિક કરી શકાય તેવા છે"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:322
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "ચિત્ર"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:339
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "પાના વધારો"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:355
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr ""
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:92
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "બાળની ન્યૂનત્તમ પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:93
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "પેટીની અંદરના બટનની ન્યૂનત્તમ પહોળાઈ."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:101
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "બાળની ન્યૂનત્તમ ઊંચાઈ."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:102
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "પેટીની અંદરના બટનની ન્યૂનત્તમ ઊંચાઈ."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:110
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "બાળની આંતરિક પહોળાઈની ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:111
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "બંને બાજુ વધારવા માટેનું બાળના માપનું પ્રમાણ."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:119
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "બાળની આંતરિક ઊંચાઈની ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:120
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "ઉપર અને નીચે વધારવા માટેના બાળના માપનું પ્રમાણ."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:128
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "દેખાવની શૈલી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:129
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr "પેટીમાં બટનોને કેવી રીતે દેખાડવા. શક્ય કિંમતો મૂળભૂત, ફેલાયેલીબાજુ, શરૂઆત અને અંત છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:137
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Secondary"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ગૌણ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો ખરુ હોય તો બાળ ગૌણ જૂથમાં દેખાશે, દા.ત. મદદ બટનો માટે યોગ્ય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:98 gtk/gtkexpander.c:209 gtk/gtkiconview.c:643
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:211
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "છોડેલી જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:99
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "બાળકો વચ્ચે છોડેલી જગ્યાનું પ્રમાણ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:108 gtk/gtknotebook.c:628 gtk/gtktable.c:165
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:563
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "એક જ સરખાં "
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:109
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "શું બધા બાળકો સરખા માપના હોવા જોઈએ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:116 gtk/gtkpreview.c:105 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:555
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:267
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "ફેલાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:117
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "શું પિતૃનો વિકાસ થાય ત્યારે બાળને વધારાની જગ્યા મળવી જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:123
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:124
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr "શું બાળને અપાયેલી વધારાની જગ્યા બાળને ફાળવવી શું તેને ભરી કાઢવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:130
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "ખાલી જગ્યા ભરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:131
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr "પીક્સેલની અંદર, બાળ અને પડોશીની વચ્ચે મૂકવાની વધારાની જગ્યા."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:137
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "પેક પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:138 gtk/gtknotebook.c:687
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"બાળ એ પિતૃના શરુઆતના શું અંતના સંદર્ભમાં બંધાયુ છે કે નહિ તે દર્શાવવા માટેનુંGtkPackType"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:144 gtk/gtknotebook.c:665 gtk/gtkpaned.c:219
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:110
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Position"
msgstr "સ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:145 gtk/gtknotebook.c:666
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "પિતૃમાં બાળનો અનુક્રમાંક "
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:200
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr "જો બટન લેબલ વિજેટ ધરાવતુ હોય તો, બટનની અંદર લેબલ વિજેટનું લેખન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:207 gtk/gtkexpander.c:193 gtk/gtklabel.c:318
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:187
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "નીચે લીટી કરવાનું રાખો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:208 gtk/gtkexpander.c:194 gtk/gtklabel.c:319
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"જો સુયોજિત હોય તો, શબ્દની નીચેની લીટી એ સૂચવે છે શુંનો શબ્દ સંજ્ઞાસૂચિની પ્રવેગ કી માટે "
"વાપરવો જોઇએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:215
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "જથ્થાનો ઉપયોગ કરવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:216
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"જો સુયોજિત હોય તો, દર્શાવવાની જગ્યાએ લેબલનો ઉપયોગ જથ્થાની વસ્તુને પસંદ કરવા માટે થાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:223 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:738 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:401
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Focus on click"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ક્લિક પર ફોકસ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:224 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:402
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે માઉસ વડે ક્લિક થાય ત્યારે શું બટન ફોક્સ મેળવે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:231
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Border relief"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કિનારી મુક્તિ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:232
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "કિનારીમુક્તની રીત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:249
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "આડી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:268
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "ઊભી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:285 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:101
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "ચિત્ર વિજેટ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:286
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "બટન લખાણની આગળ દેખાડવા માટે બાળ વિજેટ"
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:300
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-31 12:05:46 +00:00
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "ચિત્ર સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:301
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-31 12:05:46 +00:00
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "લખાણને અનુલક્ષીને ચિત્રની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:410
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "છોડાયેલી મૂળભૂત જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:411
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
msgstr "CAN_DEFAULT બટન માટે ઉમેરવાની વધારાની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:417
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "છોડાયેલી મૂળભૂત બહારની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:418
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside the "
"border"
msgstr "CAN_DEFAULT બટન માટે વધારાની જગ્યા હંમેશા કિનારીની બહારના વિસ્તારમાં મૂકવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:423
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "બાળ X સ્થળાંતર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:424
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "બટનને દબાવવામાં આવે ત્યારે બાળને X ની દિશામાં કેટલો દૂર સુધી ખસેડવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:431
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "બાળ Y સ્થળાંતર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:432
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "બટનને દબાવવામાં આવે ત્યારે બાળને y ની દિશામાં કેટલે દૂર સુધી ખસેડવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:448
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Displace focus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ડિસ્પ્લે ફોકસ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:449
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું child_displacement_x/_y ગુણધર્મો ફોકસ લંબચોરસને પણ અસર કરવા જોઈએ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:462 gtk/gtkentry.c:530 gtk/gtkentry.c:890
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "અંદરની કિનારી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:463
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "બટન બાજુઓ અને બાળ વચ્ચેની કિનારી."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:476
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-02 05:48:12 +00:00
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "ચિત્ર વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:477
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-02 05:48:12 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "ચિત્ર અને લેબલ વચ્ચેની જગ્યા પિક્સેલોમાં"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:485
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "બટન ઈમેજો બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:486
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું સ્ટોક ચિહ્નો બટનોમાં દેખાડવા જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:417
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Year"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વર્ષ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:418
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The selected year"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ વર્ષ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:424
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Month"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મહિનો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:425
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ મહિનો (૦ અને ૧૧ વચ્ચેની સંખ્યા)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:431
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Day"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "દિવસ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:432
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"પસંદ કરેલ દિવસ (૧ અને ૩૧ વચ્ચેની સંખ્યા, અથવા વર્તમાનમાં પસંદ થયેલ દિવસની પસંદગી દૂર કરવા "
"માટે ૦)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:446
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Heading"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મથાળું બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:447
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો મથાળું દર્શાવાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:461
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Day Names"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "દિવસ નામો બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:462
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો દિવસ નામો દર્શાવાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:475
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "No Month Change"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કોઈ મહિનો બદલાયો નથી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:476
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો પસંદ કરેલ મહિનો બદલી શકાતો નથી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:490
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અઠવાડિયા નંબરો બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:491
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો અઠવાડિયા નંબરો દર્શાવાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "mode"
msgstr "સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:178
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "CellRenderer માટે બદલી શકાય તેવી સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:186
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "visible"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "દૃશ્યમાન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:187
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કોષ દર્શાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:194
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કોષ સંવેદનશીલ દર્શાવો"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:201
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "xalign"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "xalign"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:202
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The x-align"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "x-align"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:211
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "yalign"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "yalign"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:212
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The y-align"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "y-align"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:221
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "xpad"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "xpad"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The xpad"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "xpad"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "ypad"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ypad"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:232
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The ypad"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ypad"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "width"
msgstr "પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "ચોક્કસ પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "height"
msgstr "ઊંચાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "ચોક્કસ ઊંચાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "વધારનાર છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "હરોળને બાળક છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Is Expanded"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વિસ્તારેલું છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "હરોળ એ એક ફેલાવનાર હરોળ છે અને તેને ફેલાવી દેવાઇ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "કોષના પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગનુ નામ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "કોષના પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ શબ્દમાળા તરીકે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "કોષના પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "કોષના પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ Gdk રંગ તરીકે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cell background set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કોષનો પાશ્વ ભાગ સુયોજિત છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:296
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની કોષના પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:104
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "પ્રવેગક કી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:105
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "પ્રવેગકની કી કિંમત"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:121
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "પ્રવેગક સુધારકો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:122
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "પ્રવેગકનું સુધારક માસ્ક"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:139
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "પ્રવેગક કીકોડ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:140
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "પ્રવેગકનો હાર્ડવેર કીકોડ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:159
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "પ્રવેગક સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:160
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "પ્રવેગકનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:89
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મોડેલ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:90
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કમ્બો બોક્સ માટે શક્ય કિંમતો સમાવતું મોડેલ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:98
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text Column"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણ સ્તંભ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:111 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:99
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "માંથી શબ્દમાળા મેળવવા માટે માહિતી સ્રોતમાં સ્તંભ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Has Entry"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પાસે પ્રવેશ છે"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:129
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો ખોટું હોય, તો પસંદ થયેલની જગ્યાએ શબ્દમાળાઓ દાખલ કરવા માટે પરવાનગી આપશો નહિં"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:112
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "pixbuf ઓબ્જેક્ટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:113
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "ઘાટ આપવા માટેનું pixbuf"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:120
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbufને ફેલાવનાર ખુલ્લુ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:121
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "ખુલ્લા ફેલાવનાર માટે Pixbuf"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:128
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf ફેલાવનાર બંધ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:129
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "બંધ કરાયેલા ફેલાવનાર માટેનું Pixbuf"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136 gtk/gtkimage.c:171 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:192
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "સ્ટોક ID"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "રેન્ડર કરવા માટે સ્ટોક ID નું સ્ટોક ચિહ્ન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:144 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:247
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:217
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Size"
msgstr "માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "GtkIconSize કિંમત કે જે રેન્ડર થયેલ ચિહ્નનું માપ સ્પષ્ટ કરે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "વિગત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:155
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "થીમયંત્રને મોકલાયેલી ઘાટ આપવા માટેની વિગત મોકલવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Follow State"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "સ્થિતિ અનુસરો"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:189
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું રેન્ડર થયેલ pixbuf સ્થિતિ અનુસાર રંગ અપાયેલ હોવું જોઈએ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:122
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પ્રગતિદર્શક પટ્ટીની કિંમત"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:139 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:193
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:573 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:153 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:188
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:197
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:140
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પ્રગતિદર્શક પટ્ટી પરનું લખાણ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "કંપન પગલું"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:164
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:93 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:122 gtk/gtkrange.c:332
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:207
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "બંધ બેસતુ કરો"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:94
#, fuzzy
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
msgstr "એ વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવણી કે જે સ્પીન બટનની કિંમતને પકડી રાખે છે"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "વૃદ્ધિનો દર"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:110 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:216
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "તમે જ્યારે બટનને પકડી રાખ્યું હોય ત્યારે પ્રવેગનો દર"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:123 gtk/gtkscale.c:142 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:225
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "આંકડા"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:124 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:226
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "દશાંશ પછી પ્રદર્શિત કરવા માટે આંકડાની સંખ્યા"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:194
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text to render"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ઘાટ આપવા માટેનું લખાણ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:201
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "નિશાન કરવુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:202
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "ઘાટ આપવા માટે નિશાનીત કરાયેલુ લેખન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:209 gtk/gtklabel.c:304
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Attributes"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લાક્ષણિકતાઓ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:210
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr "લેખનને ઘાટ આપનાર પર અમલમાં મુકવા માટેની શૈલીની લાક્ષણિકતાઓની યાદી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:217
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "એક ફકરા સ્થિતિ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:218
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "બધા લખાણને એક જ ફકરામાં રાખવી કે નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:226 gtk/gtkcellview.c:141 gtk/gtktexttag.c:183
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગનુ નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:227 gtk/gtkcellview.c:142 gtk/gtktexttag.c:184
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a string"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગને વાક્ય તરીકે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:234 gtk/gtkcellview.c:148 gtk/gtktexttag.c:191
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:235 gtk/gtkcellview.c:149
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ GdkColor તરીકે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:242 gtk/gtktexttag.c:217
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગના રંગનુ નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:243 gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગના રંગને વાક્ય તરીકે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:250 gtk/gtktexttag.c:225
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગનો રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:251
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગનો રંગ GdkColor તરીકે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:259 gtk/gtkentry.c:497 gtk/gtktexttag.c:251
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:570
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "બદલી શકાય તેવુ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260 gtk/gtktexttag.c:252 gtk/gtktextview.c:571
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "શું વપરાશકર્તા દ્વારા લખાણ બદલી શકાય છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:267 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:275
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:185 gtk/gtktexttag.c:267 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268 gtk/gtktexttag.c:268
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr "ફોન્ટનુ વર્ણન શબ્દમાળા તરીકે દા.ત. \"Sans Italic 12\""
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:276 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનુ વર્ણન પેન્ગોફોન્ટના વર્ણનની સંરચના તરીકે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:284 gtk/gtktexttag.c:283
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનુ કુટુંબ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:285 gtk/gtktexttag.c:284
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "ફોન્ટના કુટુંબનુ નામ દા.ત. સાંસ, હેલવેટીકા, ટાઈમ્સ, મોનોસ્પેસ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:292 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ શૈલી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ ચલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:310 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "ફોન્ટની જાડાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:320 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:321
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનું ખેંચાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:329 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:330
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનું માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 gtk/gtktexttag.c:349
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "ફોન્ટના બિંદુઓ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "બિંદુઓમાં ફોન્ટનું માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:349 gtk/gtktexttag.c:339
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનુ માપદંડ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:350
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "ફોન્ટના માપદંડ માટેનુ પરિમાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:359 gtk/gtktexttag.c:418
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "ઉગવુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:360
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "આધારભૂત લાઈનથી લખાણની દૂરી(જો દૂરી નકારાત્મક હોય તો આધારભૂત લાઈનની નીચે)"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 gtk/gtktexttag.c:458
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "છેંકી નાખો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372 gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "શું તમારા લખાણને છેંકી નાખવુ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "નીચે લીટી કરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380 gtk/gtktexttag.c:467
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "આ લેખન માટે નીચે લીટી કરવાની રીત"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 gtk/gtktexttag.c:378
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Language"
msgstr "ભાષા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:389
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"આ લખાણ જે ભાષામાં છે, ISO ના કોડ તરીકે. પેન્ગો લખાણને ઘાટ આપતી વખતેતેનો ઉપયોગ સંકેત "
"તરીકે કરી શકે છે. જો તમે આ પરિમાણને સમજી ના શકો, તો કઈ નહિતમારે તેની જરુર નહિ પડે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:409 gtk/gtklabel.c:429 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "એલીપ્સાઈઝ"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:410
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
"have enough room to display the entire string"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શબ્દમાળા ઈલીપ્સાઈઝ કરવા માટેનું પ્રાધાન્યવાળું સ્થાન, જો ખાનું રેન્ડર કરનાર પાસે પૂરતી "
"શબ્દમાળા દર્શાવવા માટે પૂરતી જગ્યા નહિં હોય"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:429 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:429
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:449
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "અક્ષરોમાં પહોળાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:430 gtk/gtklabel.c:450
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલની જરૂરી પહોળાઈ, અક્ષરોમાં"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:448 gtk/gtktexttag.c:475
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "લપેટવાની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:449
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"કેવી રીતે શબ્દમાળાને ઘણી લીટીઓમાં તોડવી, જો કોષ રેન્ડર કરનાર પાસે વર્તમાન શબ્દમાળા "
"દર્શાવવા માટે પૂરતી જગ્યા નહિં હોય"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:468 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:627
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પહોળાઈ લપેટો"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:469
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પહોળાઈ કે જે માપમાં લખાણ લપેટાય છે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:489 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:292
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:490
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "લીટીઓ કેવી રીતે ગોઠવવી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:500 gtk/gtkcellview.c:171 gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:501 gtk/gtkcellview.c:172 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:504 gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગને સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:505 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની અગ્ર ભાગને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:508 gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "ફેરફાર કરી શકાય તેવી ગોઠવણ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:509 gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની લેખનમાં ફેરફાર કરવાની ક્ષમતા પર અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટના કુટુંબને સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513 gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટના કુટુંબને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:516 gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટની શૈલી સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:517 gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટની રીતને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:520 gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ ચલ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:521 gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટના ચલને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:524 gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટની જાડાઈનો સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:525 gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટની જાડાઈને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:528 gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટને ખેંચો વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:529 gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટના ખેંચાણને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532 gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટના માપનો વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:533 gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટના માપને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:536 gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "ફોન્ટના માપદંડનો વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:537 gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટનું માપ કોઈ પ્રમાણ વડે બદલે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:540 gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "રાઇઝ વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:541 gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની રાઇઝને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "છેંકી નાખવાનો વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:545 gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની છેંકી નાખવાના વિકલ્પને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:548 gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "નીચેલીટી કરવાનો વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:549 gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની નીચેલીટી કરવાના વિકલ્પને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:552 gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "ભાષા સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:553 gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની એ ભાષાને અસર કરે છે જેમા લખાણને ઘાટ આપાયુ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:556
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "એલીપ્સાઈઝ સુયોજિત છે"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:557
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું આ ટેગ એલીપ્સાઈઝ સ્થિતિને અસ કરે છે"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:560
#, fuzzy
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "શું આ ટેગ એલીપ્સાઈઝ સ્થિતિને અસ કરે છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:126
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "ફેરબદલ સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:127
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "બટનની ફેરબદલની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:134
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "અસંગત સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:135
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "બટનની અસંગત સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "કાર્યશીલ કરી શકાય તેવુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "ફેરબદલી માટેનું બટન કાર્યશીલ કરી શકાય છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:150
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "રેડિયો સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "ફેરબદલી માટેનું બટનને રેડિયો બટન તરીકે દોરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:158
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "સૂચક માપ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:159 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:70
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:112
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "ચેક અથવા રેડિયો માટેના સૂચકનું માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:163
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-25 05:40:51 +00:00
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "CellView મોડલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:164
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-25 05:40:51 +00:00
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "ખાનાં દેખાવ માટેનું મોડેલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:69 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:110 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:168
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "સૂચકનુ માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:77 gtk/gtkexpander.c:235 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:174
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "સૂચક માટેની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:78
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "ચેક અથવા રેડિયો સૂચકની આસપાસની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:87 gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:118
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:102 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:101
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "કાર્યશીલ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:88
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "શું મેનુની વસ્તુઓ ચકાસાયેલી છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:95 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:110
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "અસંગત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:96
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું \"અસંગત\" સ્થિતિ દર્શાવી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:103
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "રેડિયો મેનુ વસ્તુ તરીકે દોરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:104
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું મેનુની વસ્તુઓ તેની રેડિયો મેનુ વસ્તુ ચકાસાયેલી છે એમ દેખાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use alpha"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "આલ્ફા વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:173
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું રંગને આલ્ફા કિંમત આપવી કે નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:187 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:415
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:259
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Title"
msgstr "શીર્ષક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:188
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "રંગ પસંદગી સંવાદનું શીર્ષક"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:202 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1871
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "વર્તમાન રંગ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The selected color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદિત રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:217 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1878
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "વર્તમાન આલ્ફા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વર્તમાન અપારદર્શકતાનું કિંમત (૦ આખું પારદર્શક, ૬૫૫૩૫ આખું અપારદર્શક)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1857
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "અપારદર્શકતા માટેનુ નિયંત્રણ ધરાવે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1858
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "શું પસંદ કરનારે રંગ અપારદર્શકતાની ગોઠવણી માટે પરવાનગી આપવી જોઇએ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1864
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "પેલેટ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1865
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "શું પેલેટનો ઉપયોગ કરવો જોઈએ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1872
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The current color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વર્તમાન રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1879
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વર્તમાન અપારદર્શકતાનું કિંમત (૦ આખું પારદર્શક, ૬૫૫૩૫ આખું અપારદર્શક)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1893
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વૈવિધ્યપૂર્ણ પેલેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1894
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "રંગની પસંદગીમાં પેલેટનો ઉપયોગ કરવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:143
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Enable arrow keys"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "તીરવાળી કીને સક્રિય કરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:144
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું તીરવાળી કી વસ્તુઓની મેનુમાં ફરે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:150
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Always enable arrows"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હંમેશા તીરવાળી કીને સક્રિય રાખો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:151
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જૂના ગુણધર્મો, અવગણાયેલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:157
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Case sensitive"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કેસ પ્રત્યે સંવેદનશીલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:158
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgstr "શું વસ્તુઓની મેનુની સરખામણી લખાણ સંવેદનશીલ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:165
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Allow empty"
msgstr "ખાલી રાખવા માટેની પરવાનગી આપો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:166
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું આ જગ્યામાં ખાલી કિંમત દાખલ કરી શકાય"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:173
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Value in list"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "યાદીમાં કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:174
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
msgstr "શું પ્રવેશ કરાતી કિંમતો મેનુમાં પહેલેથી જ હોવી જોઇએ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:610
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "ComboBox model"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ComboBox મોડેલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:611
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The model for the combo box"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "કમ્બો બોક્સ માટે મોડેલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:628
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જાળીમાં વસ્તુઓ ગોઠવવા માટે લપેટવાની પહોળાઈ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:650
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "હરોળ વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:651
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "હરોળ વિસ્તારક કિંમતો સમાવતો TreeModel સ્તંભ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:672
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "સ્તંભ વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:673
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભ વિસ્તારતી કિંમતો સમાવતી TreeModel સ્તંભ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:694
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Active item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ક્રિયાશીલ વસ્તુ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:695
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The item which is currently active"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વસ્તુ કે જે વર્તમાનમાં ક્રિયાશીલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:714 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:195
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુઓમાં ટ્રેડઓફ ઉમેરો"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:715
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું ડ્રોપડાઉન પાસે ટીયરઓફ મેનુ વસ્તુઓ હોવી જોઈએ"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:730 gtk/gtkentry.c:522
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "ચોકઠુ ધરાવે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "શું હેડરોની આસપાસ સ્તંભને ફરીથી ક્રમબધ કરી શકાય છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:739
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું કમ્બો બોક્સ ફોકસ મેળવે છે જ્યારે તે માઉસ સાથે ક્લિક થાય છે"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:754 gtk/gtkmenu.c:484
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Tearoff શીર્ષક"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:755
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr "શીર્ષક કે જે વિન્ડો વ્યવસ્થાપક દ્રારા દર્શાવવામાં આવશે જ્યારે પોપઅપ એ બંધ હોય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:772
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "પોપઅપ બતાવાયેલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "શું કમ્બોનું ડ્રોપડાઉન બતાવાયેલ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:779
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Appears as list"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "યાદી તરીકે દેખાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:780
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું ડ્રોપડાઉનો મેનુઓની જગ્યાએ યાદીઓ તરીકે દેખાવા જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "તીરની દિશા"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "કમ્બો બોક્સ માટે મોડેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:812 gtk/gtkentry.c:622 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:176
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:201 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:186 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:613
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:122
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "પડછાયાનો પ્રકાર"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:813
#, fuzzy
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "ટેબ લેબલના આજુબાજુની કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "માપબદલવા માટેની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્પષ્ટ કરો કે માપ બદલવા માટેના બનાવો કઈ રીતે સંચાલિત થાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "સમાવનારના બાળની બહાર ખાલી કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Child"
msgstr "બાળ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "સમાવનારમાં એક નવા બાળને ઉમેરવા માટે ઉપયોગ કરી શકાય છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:124
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Curve type"
msgstr "વળાંકનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:125
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું આ વળાંક રેખીય, સ્પ્લાઈન ઈન્ટરપોલેટેડ, અથવા ફ્રી-ફોર્મ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:132
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum X"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ન્યૂનતમ X"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:133
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "X માટે ન્યૂનતમ શક્ય કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:141
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum X"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મહત્તમ X"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:142
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible X value"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "X માટે મહત્તમ શક્ય કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:150
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Y"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ન્યૂનતમ Y"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:151
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "Y માટે ન્યૂનતમ શક્ય કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:159
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Y"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "મહત્તમ Y"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:160
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "Y માટે મહત્તમ શક્ય કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:118
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "વિભાજક છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:119
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr "સંવાદમાં તેના બટનની ઉપર એક વિભાજક પટ્ટી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:144
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટ વિસ્તારની કિનારી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:145
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "મુખ્ય સંવાદ વિસ્તારની આસપાસ કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:152
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "બટન વચ્ચે છોડેલી જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:153
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "બટનો વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:161
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "કાર્યશીલ વિસ્તારની કિનારી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:162
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr "સંવાદના નીચલા ભાગમાં બટનની આસપાસ કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:477 gtk/gtklabel.c:392
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "કર્સરનું સ્થાન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:478 gtk/gtklabel.c:393
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "શબ્દોમાં લખાણ ઉમેરવા માટેના કર્સરની વર્તમાન સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:487 gtk/gtklabel.c:402
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "પસંદ કરવા માટેની સીમા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:488 gtk/gtklabel.c:403
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "શબ્દોમાં તેને પસંદ કરતી વખતે કર્સરની વિરુધ્ધ દિશાની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:498
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "શું સમાવિષ્ટ પ્રવેશોને બદલી શકાય છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:505
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "મહત્તમ લંબાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:506
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "આ પ્રવેશ માટે મહત્તમ શબ્દોની સંખ્યા. શૂન્ય જો મહત્તમ ના હોય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:514
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Visibility"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "દૃશ્યમાનતા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:515
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "FALSE વિકલ્પ મૂળ લખાણ (પાસવર્ડ સ્થિતિ) ને બદલે \"અદૃશ્ય અક્ષરો\" દર્શાવે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:523
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "FALSE વિકલ્પ પ્રવેશમાંથી બહારનો ઊઠાવ કાઢી નાંખે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:531
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણ અને ચોકઠાં વચ્ચેની કિનારી. આંતર-કિનારી શૈલી પર ફરીથી લખે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:538
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "અદૃશ્ય અક્ષર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:539
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"જ્યારે પ્રવેશના સમાવિષ્ટોને સંતાડો ત્યારે વાપરવા માટેના અક્ષર (\"પાસવર્ડ સ્થિતિ\" માં)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:546
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "મૂળભૂતને કાર્યશીલ કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:547
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું Enter બટન દબાવીએ ત્યારે મૂળભૂત વિજેટ (જેમ કે એક સંવાદમાં મૂળભૂત બટન) ને કાર્યશીલ કરવું"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:553
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "અક્ષરોમાં પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:554
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "આ પ્રવેશ વખતે કેટલા અક્ષરોની સંખ્યા માટે જગ્યા છોડવામાં આવે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:563
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "ખસેડવા માટેનુ ઓફસેટ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:564
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "આ પ્રવેશના કેટલા પિક્સેલ સ્ક્રીનની ડાબી બાજુ ખસેડાય છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:574
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "પ્રવેશના સમાવિષ્ટો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:589 gtk/gtkmisc.c:73
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "X align"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "X align"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:590 gtk/gtkmisc.c:74
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"layouts."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "આડી ગોઠવણી, ૦ (ડાબે) થી ૧ (જમણે). RTL દેખાવો માટે આરક્ષિત છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:606
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "મલ્ટીલાઈન અવગણો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:607
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
msgstr "શું એક લીટીમાં મલ્ટીલાઈન ચોંટાડવાનું અવગણવું છે."
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:623
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:891
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "લખાણ અને ચોકઠાં વચ્ચેની કિનારી."
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:896 gtk/gtklabel.c:625
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ફોકસ કરવા પર પસંદ કરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:897
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું ફોકસ થયા હોય ત્યારે પ્રવેશની સમાવિષ્ટ માહિતીને પસંદ કરવી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:911
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "પાસવર્ડ સંકેત સમયસમાપ્તિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:912
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "How long to show the last inputted character in hidden entries"
msgstr "છુપા પ્રવેશોમાં કેટલા સમય સુધી છેલ્લો દાખલ થયેલ અક્ષર બતાવવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:273
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Completion Model"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પૂર્ણતા મોડેલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:274
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The model to find matches in"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "સરખામણીઓ શોધવા માટે મોડેલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ન્યૂનતમ કી લંબાઈ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:281
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "સરખામણીઓ માટે જોવા માટે શોધ કીની ન્યૂનતમ લંબાઈ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:296 gtk/gtkiconview.c:564
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Text column"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણ સ્તંભ"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:297
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શબ્દમાળાઓ સમાવતા સ્તંભનું મોડેલ."
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:316
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Inline completion"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "વાક્યમાં પૂર્ણતા"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:317
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું સામાન્ય પૂર્વગ આપોઆપ દાખલ થવો જોઈએ"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:331
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Popup completion"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પોપઅપ પૂર્ણતા"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:332
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "શું પોપઅપ વિન્ડોમાં પૂર્ણતા બતાવવી જોઈએ"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:347
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup set width"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પોપઅપ સેટ પહોળાઈ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:348
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો પોપઅપ વિન્ડો પાસે પ્રવેશ તરીકે સરખું માપ હશે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:366
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup single match"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "પોપઅપ એક જોડણી"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:367
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો પોપઅપ વિન્ડો એક જોડણી માટે દૃશ્યમાન થશે."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "વાક્યમાં પૂર્ણતા"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:382
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr ""
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:91
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Visible Window"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "દૃશ્યમાન વિન્ડો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:92
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું ઘટના બોક્સ દૃશ્યમાન છે, જેમ અદૃશ્ય તરીકે વિરોધ થયેલ છે અને માત્ર ઘટનાઓ પકડવા માટે વપરાય "
"છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:98
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Above child"
Updated Translation
2005-07-25 08:51:01 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપરનો બાળ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:99
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ઘટનાબોક્સની ઘટના-પકડતી વિન્ડો એ બાળ વિજેટની ઉપર હોય જેમ નીચે દર્શાવ્યું છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Expanded"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિસ્તૃત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:178
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું વિસ્તારક બાળ વિજેટ રીવેલ કરવા માટે ખોલવામાં આવેલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:186
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "ચોકઠાના લેબલનું લખાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:201 gtk/gtklabel.c:311
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use markup"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "માર્કઅપ વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:202 gtk/gtklabel.c:312
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "લેબલનું લખાણ XML માર્કઅપનો સમાવેશ કરે છે. Pango-Parse_markup() જુઓ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:210
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલ અને બાળની વચ્ચે મૂકવાની જગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:219 gtk/gtkframe.c:137 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:194
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "લેબલ વિજેટ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:220
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "ચોકઠાના સામાન્ય લેબલની જગ્યાએ વિજેટ દર્શાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:226 gtk/gtktreeview.c:743
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "વિસ્તારકનું માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:227 gtk/gtktreeview.c:744
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "વિસ્તારક તીરનું માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:236
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિસ્તારક તીરની આસપાસની જગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:197
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Action"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ક્રિયા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:198
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પ્રક્રિયાનો પ્રકાર કે જે ફાઈલ પસંદગીકારક કરી રહ્યું છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:204
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "File System Backend"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફાઈલસિસ્ટમ બેકેન્ડ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:205
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વાપરવા માટે ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમ બેકેન્ડનું નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:210 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:169
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Filter"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ગાળક"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:211
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કઈ ફાઈલો દર્શાવાયેલ છે તે પસંદ કરવા માટે વર્તમાન ગાળક"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:216
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Local Only"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "માત્ર સ્થાનિક"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:217
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું પસંદિત ફાઈલો સ્થાનિક ફાઈલ સુધી જ મર્યાદિત હોવી જોઈએ: URL"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:222
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Preview widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિજેટનું પૂર્વદર્શન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:223
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વૈવિધ્યપૂર્ણ પૂર્વદર્શન માટે કાર્યક્રમને પૂરો પાડવામાં આવેલ વિજેટ."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:228
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પૂર્વદર્શન વિજેટ સક્રિય"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:229
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું કાર્યક્રમને વૈવિધ્યપૂર્ણ પૂર્વદર્શનો બતાવવા માટે વિજેટ પૂરો પાડવો જોઈએ."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:234
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use Preview Label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પૂર્વદર્શન લેબલ વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:235
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું પૂર્વદર્શનવાળીનું નામ સાથે સ્ટોક લેબલ દર્શાવવાનું છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:240
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Extra widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વધારાનું વિજેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:241
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વધારાના વિકલ્પો માટે કાર્યક્રમને વિજેટ પૂરું પાડવામાં આવેલ છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:246 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:539 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:142
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Select Multiple"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "એક કરતાં વધારે પસંદ કરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:247 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:540
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું એક કરતાં વધારે ફાઈલને પસંદ કરવા માટેની પરવાનગી આપવી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:253
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Hidden"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "છુપુ બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:254
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું છુપી ફાઈલો અને ફોલ્ડરો દર્શાવવા જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:269
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપર ફરીથી લખવામાં ખાતરી"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:270
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid ""
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું ફાઈલ પસંદગીકારક એ સંગ્રહો સ્થિતિમાં જો જરૂરી હોય ત્યારે ઉપર ફરીથી લખવા માટેની "
"ખાતરીવાળો સંવાદ દર્શાવશે."
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:384
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સંવાદ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:385
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વાપરવા માટે ફાઈલ પસંદગીકારક સંવાદ."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:416
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફાઈલ પસંદગીકારક સંવાદનું શીર્ષક."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:430
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બટન વિજેટની જરૂરી પહોળાઈ, અક્ષરોમાં."
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:525 gtk/gtkimage.c:162 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:216
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:184
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફાઈલ નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:526
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The currently selected filename"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વર્તમાનમાં પસંદ કરેલી ફાઈલનું નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:532
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show file operations"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફાઈલ પ્રક્રિયાઓ બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:533
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ફાઈલને બનાવવા માટે/સંભાળવા માટેના બટન દર્શાવવા જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesystem.c:382
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-03 04:43:30 +00:00
msgid "Cancelled"
msgstr "રદ કરાયેલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesystem.c:383
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-03 04:43:30 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the operation has been successfully cancelled"
msgstr "શું પ્રક્રિયા સફળતાપૂર્વક રદ થઈ ગયેલ છે કે નહિં"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:90 gtk/gtklayout.c:582
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:91 gtk/gtklayout.c:583
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "બાળ વિજેટ માટેની X સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:100 gtk/gtklayout.c:592
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Y સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:101 gtk/gtklayout.c:593
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "બાળ વિજેટ માટેની Y સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:144
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફોન્ટ પસંદગી સંવાદનું શીર્ષક"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:159 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:178
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફોન્ટ નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:160
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The name of the selected font"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદિત ફોન્ટનું નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:161
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Sans 12"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સાન્સ ૧૨"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use font in label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલમાં ફોન્ટ વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું પસંદિત ફોન્ટમાં લેબલ દોરવામાં આવવું જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use size in label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલમાં માપ વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું લેબલ પસંદિત ફોન્ટ માપ સાથે દોરવામાં આવે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show style"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શૈલી બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:210
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું પસંદિત ફોન્ટ શૈલી લેબલમાં બતાવાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show size"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "માપ બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:226
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું પસંદિત ફોન્ટ માપ લેબલમાં બતાવાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:179
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The X string that represents this font"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "X શબ્દમાળા કે જે આ ફોન્ટને રજૂ કરે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:186
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "GdkFont કે જે વર્તમાનમાં પસંદ કરેલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:192
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણનું પૂર્વદર્શન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:193
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "પસંદ કરેલા ફોન્ટને રજૂ કરવા માટે દર્શાવવાનું લેખન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:96
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "ચોકઠાના લેબલનું લખાણ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:103
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Label xalign"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલ xalign"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:104
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "લેબલની આડી દિશામાં કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:112
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Label yalign"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલ yalign"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:113
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "લેબલની ઊભી દિશામાં કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:121 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:169
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "નકારેલ ગુણધર્મ, તેની જગ્યાએ shadow_type વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:128
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "ચોકઠાનો પડછાયો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:129
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "ચોકઠાની કિનારીનો દેખાવ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચોકઠાના સામાન્ય લેબલની જગ્યાએ દર્શાવવાનું વિજેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "સમાવનારની આસપાસના પડછાયાનો દેખાવ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:185
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "હેન્ડલની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:186
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "બાળ વિજેટને સંબધિત હેન્ડલની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:194
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્નેપ ઍડ્જ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:195
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr "હેન્ડલબોક્સની બાજુ જે હેન્ડલબોક્સમાં સંગ્રહ કરવા માટે સંગ્રહબિંદુ સાથે હારબંધ કરાઈ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:203
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્નેપ ઍડ્જ સુયોજિત છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:204
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું સ્નેપ_ઍડ્જ ના ગુણધર્મોમાંથી કિંમત મેળવેલી કે પછી હેન્ડલની સ્થિતિમાંથી તારવેલી કિંમત વાપરવી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:527
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection mode"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:528
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The selection mode"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદગી સ્થિતિ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:546
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf column"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Pixbuf સ્તંભ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:547
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન pixbuf આમાંથી મેળવવા માટે વપરાયેલ નમૂના સ્તંભ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:565
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "આમાંથી લખાણ મેળવવા માટે વપરાયેલ નમૂના સ્તંભ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:584
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Markup column"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભને નિશાન કરો"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:585
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો પેન્ગો માર્કઅપ વાપરી રહ્યા હોય તો લખાણ મેળવવા માટે વપરાતું નમૂના સ્તંભ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:592
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Icon View Model"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન દેખાવ મોડેલ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:593
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model for the icon view"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન દેખાવ માટેનું મોડેલ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:609
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભોની સંખ્યા"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:610
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns to display"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દર્શાવવા માટેના સ્તંભોની સંખ્યા"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:627
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width for each item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દરેક વસ્તુ માટે પહોળાઈ"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:628
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The width used for each item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દરેક વસ્તુ માટે વપરાતી પહોળાઈ"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:644
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જગ્યા કે જે વસ્તુના ખાનાંઓ વચ્ચે દાખલ થાય છે"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:659
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Row Spacing"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હરોળ વચ્ચે જગ્યા"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:660
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જગ્યા કે જે હરોળ જાળીઓ વચ્ચે દાખલ થયેલ છે"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:675
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Column Spacing"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભ વચ્ચે જગ્યા"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:676
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "જગ્યા કે જે જાળી સ્તંભો વચ્ચે દાખલ થયેલ છે"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:691
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Margin"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હાંસ્યો"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:692
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જગ્યા કે જે ચિહ્ન દેખાવની બાજુઓ વચ્ચે દાખલ થયેલ છે"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:708 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:130 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:275
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:475 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:96
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દિશા"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:709
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કેવી રીતે દરેક વસ્તુનું લખાણ અને ચિહ્ન એકબીજાને અનુલક્ષીને ગોઠવાય છે"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:725 gtk/gtktreeview.c:602 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:302
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફરીથી ગોઠવી શકાય તેવું"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:726 gtk/gtktreeview.c:603
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફરીથી ગોઠવી શકાય એ રીતે જુઓ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:733
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદગી બોક્સ રંગ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:734
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Color of the selection box"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદગી બોક્સનો રંગ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:740
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદગી બોક્સ આલ્ફા"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:741
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદગી બોક્સની અપારદર્શકતા"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:130 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:176
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Pixbuf"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:131 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "પ્રદર્શિત કરવા માટે GdkPixbuf"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixmap"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Pixmap"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:139
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "પ્રદર્શિત કરવા માટે GdkPixmap"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:146 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:215
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "ચિત્ર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:147
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "પ્રદર્શિત કરવા માટે GdkImage"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:154
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "સંતાડવુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:155
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "GdkImage અથવા Gdkpixmap ની સાથે વાપરવાનો સંતાડવા માટેનો બીટમેપ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:163 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:185
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "લાવવા અને દર્શાવવા માટેનું ફાઈલનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:172 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:193
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્ટોક ઈમેજ માટે દર્શાવવાનું સ્ટોક ID"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:179
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન સમૂહ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:180
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon set to display"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દર્શાવવા માટેનો ચિહ્ન સમૂહ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:187 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:530
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "ચિહ્નનું માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:188
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્ટોક ચિહ્ન માટે વાપરવાનું સંજ્ઞાકીય માપ, ચિહ્ન સમૂહ અથવા નામવાળું ચિહ્ન"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:204
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પિક્સેલ માપ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:205
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "નામવાળા ચિહ્ન માટે વાપરવાનું પિક્સેલ માપ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:213
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "એનીમેશન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:214
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "પ્રદર્શિત કરવા માટે GdkPixbufAnimation"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:237 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:208
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "સંગ્રહનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:238 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:209
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "ચિત્રની માહિતી માટે વપરાતી રજૂઆત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:102
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુના લેખાણ પછી દેખાતું બાળ વિજેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:107
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુ ઈમેજો બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:108
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ઈમેજો મેનુઓમાં બતાવવી જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:87 gtk/gtkwindow.c:586
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્ક્રિન કે જ્યાં વિન્ડો દેખાડવામાં આવશે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:298
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "લેબલનું લખાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:305
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલના લખાણ પર અમલમાં મૂકવા માટેની શૈલીના ગુણધર્મોની યાદી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:326 gtk/gtktexttag.c:359 gtk/gtktextview.c:587
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "સમર્થન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:327
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"લેબલના લખાણમાં એકબીજા સાથે સંકળાયેલી લીટીઓની ગોઠવણી. આ લેબલની ફાળવણીની અંદરની એની "
"ગોઠવણીને અસર કરતું નથી. આના માટે GtkMisc::xalign જુઓ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:335
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pattern"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ભાત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:336
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શબ્દમાળા સાથે અક્ષરોની નીચે લીટી (_) કરવા માટેના લખાણમાંના અક્ષરોને અનુરુપ સ્થિતિ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:343
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "લીટી લપેટો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:344
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો સુયોજિત હોય તો, લખાણ બહું મોટું થઈ જાય તો લીટીઓને લપેટી દો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:359
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-20 05:30:12 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "લીટી લપેટો સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:360
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-20 05:30:12 +00:00
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "જો લપેટો સુયોજિત હોય, તો તે કેવી રીતે લીટી લપેટવાનું થાય તે નિયંત્રિત કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:367
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પસંદ કરી શકાય તેવું"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:368
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું લેબલનું લખાણ માઉસથી પસંદ કરી શકાય"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:374
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "સંજ્ઞાસૂચિ કી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:375
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "આ લેબલ માટે સંજ્ઞાસૂચી પ્રવેગક કી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:383
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સંજ્ઞાસૂચી વિજેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:384
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે લેબલની સંજ્ઞાસૂચી કી દબાવવામાં આવે ત્યારે કાર્યશીલ કરવામાં આવતુ વિજેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:430
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
"enough room to display the entire string"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શબ્દમાળા ઈલીપ્સાઈઝ કરવા માટેની પ્રાધાન્યવાળી જગ્યા, જો લેબલ પાસે પૂરતી આખી શબ્દમાળા "
"દર્શાવવા માટે પૂરતી જગ્યા નહિં હોય"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:470
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Single Line Mode"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "એક લીટી સ્થિતિ"
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:471
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું લેબલ એક લીટી સ્થિતિમાં છે"
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:488
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કોણ"
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:489
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કોણ કે જે માપે લેબલ ફરશે"
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:509
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મહત્તમ પહોળાઈ અક્ષરોમાં"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:510
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લેબલની જરૂરી મહત્તમ પહોળાઈ, અક્ષરોમાં"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:626
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું પસંદ કરી શકાય તેવા લેબલના સમાવિષ્ટોને જ્યારે તેઓ ફોકસ થયેલ હોય ત્યારે પસંદ કરવા કે નહિં"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:602 gtk/gtkviewport.c:106
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "આડી ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:603 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:222
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "આડી સ્થિતિ માટે GtkAdjustment"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:610 gtk/gtkviewport.c:114
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "ઊભી ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:611 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:229
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઊભી સ્થિતિ માટે GtkAdjustment"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:619
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "દેખાવની પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:628
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "દેખાવની ઊંચાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:485
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે આ મેનુ બંધ કરવામાં આવે ત્યારે વિન્ડો મેનેજર દ્વારા આ શીર્ષક દર્શાવવામાં આવે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:499
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Tearoff શીર્ષક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:500
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે આ મેનુ બંધ કરવામાં આવે ત્યારે વિન્ડો મેનેજર દ્વારા આ શીર્ષક દર્શાવવામાં આવે છે"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:506
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "ઊભી દિશામાં ખાલી જગ્યાઓ ભરવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:507
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિજેટની ઉપર અને નીચે બાજુને ઉમેરવામાં આવતી જગ્યા પિક્સેલમાં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:515
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "આડી દિશામાં ખાલી જગ્યાઓ ભરવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:516
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "મેનુની ડાબી અને જમણી બાજુએ વધારાની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:524
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "ઉભુ માપદંડ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:525
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે મેનુ એ ઉપમેનુ હોય, તો તેને આ પિક્સેલોની સંખ્યાનો ઓફસેટ ઊભી રીતે ગોઠવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:533
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "આડુ માપદંડ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:534
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે મેનુ એ ઉપમેનુ હોય, તો તેને આ પિક્સેલોની સંખ્યાનો ઓફસેટ આડી રીતે ગોઠવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:542
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Double Arrows"
msgstr "દ્વિ તીરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:543
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "જ્યારે સરકાવી રહ્યા હોય, ત્યારે હંમેશા બંને તીરો બતાવો."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:551
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "ડાબેથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:552 gtk/gtktable.c:174
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "બાળની ડાબી બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો સ્તંભનો ક્રમાંક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:559
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "જમણેથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:560
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "બાળની ડાબી બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો સ્તંભનો ક્રમાંક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:567
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "ઉપરથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:568
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "બાળને નીચેથી જોડવાની હરોળની સંખ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:575
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "નીચેથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:576 gtk/gtktable.c:195
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "બાળને નીચેથી જોડવાની હરોળની સંખ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:663
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પ્રવેગકો બદલી શકે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:664
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું મેનુની વસ્તુ ઉપર કી દબાવવાથી મેનુનો પ્રવેગક બદલી શકાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:669
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપમેનુ ઓવે તે પહેલાનો વિલંબ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:670
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપમેનુ આવતાં પહેલા ન્યૂનતમ સમય કે જ્યાં સુધી નિર્દેશક મેનુ પર રહેવુ જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:677
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપમેનુ છૂપાવતા પહેલાનો વિલંબ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:678
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે નિર્દેશક ઉપમેનુ તરફ જતો હોય ત્યારે તેને છૂપાવતા પહેલાનો વિલંબ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:175
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પેક દિશા"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:176
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુપટ્ટીની પેક દિશા"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:192
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બાળ પેક દિશા"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:193
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુપટ્ટીની બાળ પેક દિશા"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:202
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુબાર ની આસપાસ ઉઠાવ(bevel) નો પ્રકાર"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:209 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:580
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "આંતરિક જગ્યાઓને ભરવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:210
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુબાર પડછાયા અને મેનુની વસ્તુઓની કિનારી વચ્ચે રહેલી જગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:217
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "નીચે આવતુ મેનુ દેખાય તે પહેલાનો વિલંબ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:218
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેનુબારની ઉપમેનુ દેખાય તે પહેલાનો વિલંબ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:339
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Take Focus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફોકસ કરો"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:340
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બુલિયન કે જે નક્કી કરે છે કે શું મેનુ કીબોર્ડ ટુંકાણો મેળવે છે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:236 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:161
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "મેનુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:237
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "નીચે આવતુ મેનુ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:98
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "ચિત્ર/લેબલની કિનારી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:99
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "સંદેશાના સંવાદમાં લેબલ અને ચિત્રની કિનારીની આસપાસની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:114
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "વિભાજક છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:115
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું સંદેશા સંવાદના લખાણ અને બટનો વચ્ચે વિભાજક મૂકવું"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:128
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સંદેશા પ્રકાર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:129
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "સંદેશાનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:136
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Message Buttons"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સંદેશના બટનો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:137
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સંદેશા સંવાદમાં બતાવેલા બટનો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:154
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "સંદેશા સંવાદનું પ્રાથમિક લખાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:169
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "માર્કઅપ વાપરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:170
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "શીર્ષકનું પ્રાથમિક લખાણ પેન્ગો માર્કઅપનો સમાવેશ કરે છે."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "ગૌણ લખાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "સંદેશા સંવાદનું ગૌણ લખાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:200
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "ગૌણમાં માર્કઅપ વાપરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "ગૌણ લખાણ પેન્ગો માર્કઅપ સમાવે છે."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:216
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-09 06:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The image"
msgstr "ચિત્ર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:83
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Y align"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Yની દિશામાં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:84
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઊભી દિશામાં, ૦ (ઉપર) થી ૧(નીચે)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:93
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "X પેડ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:94
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિજેટની ડાબી અને જમણી બાજુને ઉમેરવામાં આવતી જગ્યા પિક્સેલમાં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Y પેડ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વિજેટની ઉપર અને નીચે બાજુને ઉમેરવામાં આવતી જગ્યા પિક્સેલમાં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:556
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Page"
msgstr "પાનું"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:557
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "વર્તમાન પાનાનો અનુક્રમાંક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:565
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "ટેબની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:566
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "નોટબુકની કઈ બાજુઓ ટેબો રાખે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:573
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tab Border"
msgstr "ટેબની કિનારી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:574
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
msgstr "ટેબ લેબલના આજુબાજુની કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:582
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
msgstr "આડી ટેબ કિનારી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:583
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબ લેબલની આડી કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:591
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
msgstr "ઊભી ટેબ કિનારી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:592
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબ લેબલની ઊભી કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:600
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Tabs"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબો બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:601
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ટેબોને બતાવવી જોઈએ કે નહિ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:607
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "કિનારી બતાવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:608
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું કિનારીને બતાવવી જોઈએ કે નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:614
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Scrollable"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સરકપટ્ટી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:615
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો ખરુ હોય તો, સરક તીરો ઉમેરાય છે જો ત્યાં ઘણી ટેબો બંધબેસતી હોય"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:621
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "પૉપ-અપ સક્રિય કરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:622
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"જો ખરુ હોય તો, નોટબુકમાં માઉસની જમણી બાજુનું બટન દબાવવાથી મેનુ ખુલશે જેનો ઉપયોગ તમે પાના "
"ઉપર જવા માટે કરી શકો છો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:629
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું બધા જ ટેબનું માપ એકસરખું હોવું જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:635
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Group ID"
msgstr "જૂથ ID"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:636
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "ખેંચો અને મૂકો ટેબો માટે જૂથ ID"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:644 gtk/gtkradioaction.c:128 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:82
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:342
msgid "Group"
msgstr "જૂથ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:645
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "ખેંચો અને મૂકો ટેબો માટે જૂથ ID"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:651
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "ટેબનુ લેબલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:652
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બાળના ટેબ લેબલ પર દર્શાવાયે શબ્દમાળા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:658
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "મેનુનું લેબલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:659
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બાળના મેનુ પ્રવેશમાં પ્રદર્શિત કરાયેલી શબ્દમાળા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:672
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tab expand"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબ વિસ્તરણ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:673
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું બાળની ટેબને વિસ્તારવી કે નહિ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:679
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "ટેબને ભરવુ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:680
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું બાળની ટેબ ફાળવેલી જગ્યાને ભરવી જોઈએ કે નહિ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:686
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tab pack type"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબ પેકનો પ્રકાર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:693
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "ટેબ પુનઃગોઠવી શકાય તેવી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:694
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not"
msgstr "શું ટેબ એ વપરાશકર્તા ક્રિયા દ્વારા પુનઃગોઠવી શકાય કે નહિં"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:700
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "ટેબ જોડાણ તોડી શકાય તેવી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:701
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "શું ટેબનું જોડાણ તોડી શકાય"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:716 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પાછા ફરવાનું ગૌણ સ્ટેપર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:717
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીના બીજા છેડા પર પાછા આવવા માટેનું એક બીજુ બટન દર્શાવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:732 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:91
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "આગળ જવાનું ગૌણ સ્ટેપર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:733
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીના બીજા છેડા પર આગળ જવા માટેનુ બીજુ બટન દર્શાવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:747 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:67
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "પાછા ફરવાનું સ્ટેપર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:748 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:68
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "પાછા આવવા માટેનું મૂળભૂત તીરનું બટન દર્શાવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:762 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:75
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "આગળ જવા માટેનું સ્ટેપર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:763 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:76
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "આગળ જવા માટેનું મૂળભૂત તીરનું બટન દર્શાવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:777
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "ટેબ ઓવરલેપ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:778
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "ટેબ ઓવરલેપ વિસ્તારનું માપ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:793
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "ટેબ વણાંક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:794
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "ટેબ વળાંકનું માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkobject.c:367
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા માહિતી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkobject.c:368
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
msgstr "અનામિક વપરાશકર્તા માહિતી નિર્દેશક"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:162
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The menu of options"
msgstr "વિકલ્પોનું મેનુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:169
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
msgstr "નીચે-ખુલતા સૂચકનું માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:175
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around indicator"
msgstr "સૂચકની આસપાસની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:220
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પિક્સેલમાં તક્તી જેવા વિભાજકની સ્થિતિ (૦ એટલે સીધા ડાબે/ઉપર)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:228
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Position Set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્થિતિ સુયોજિત છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:229
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો સ્થિતિ ગુણધર્મનો ઉપયોગનો કરવાનો હોય તો ખરુ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:235
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Handle Size"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હેન્ડલ માપ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:236
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "હેન્ડલની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:252
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimal Position"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ન્યૂનતમ સ્થાન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:253
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "\"સ્થાન\" ગુણધર્મ માટે નાનામાં નાની શક્ય કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:270
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximal Position"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મહત્તમ સ્થાન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:271
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "\"સ્થાન\" ગુણધર્મ માટે મોટામાં મોટી શક્ય કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:288
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Resize"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "માપ બદલો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:289
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો બાળ પેનવાળા વિજેટો સાથે વિસ્તૃત થાય છે અને સંકુચિત થાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:304
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Shrink"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સંકોચો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:305
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો સાચું હોય, તો બાળ તેની અરજી કરતાં નાનું બનાવી શકાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:146 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:259
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded"
msgstr "શું પરિસ્થિતિ ચિહ્ન એ દૃશ્યમાન છે કે નહિં"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpreview.c:106
msgid ""
"Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું પૂર્વદર્શન વિજેટે તેના માટે ફાળવાયેલી બધી જગ્યા લઇ લેવી જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:120
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરનું નામ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:127
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર માટે પાશ્વ ભાગ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "વર્ચ્યુઅલ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:134
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "FALSE જો આ વાસ્તવિક હાર્ડવેર પ્રિન્ટરને રજૂ કરે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PDF"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "PDF સ્વીકારે છે"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:141
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE જો આ પ્રિન્ટર PDF સ્વીકારી શકે"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "PostScript સ્વીકારે છે"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:148
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE જો આ પ્રિન્ટર PostScript સ્વીકારી શકે"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "પરિસ્થિતિ સંદેશો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:155
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરની વર્તમાન સ્થિતિ આપતી શબ્દમાળા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Location"
msgstr "સ્થાન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:162
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરનું સ્થાન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:169
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર માટે વાપરવાનું ચિહ્ન નામ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "જોબ ગણતરી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:176
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટરમાં કતાર થયેલ જોબની સંખ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "સ્રોત વિકલ્પ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:124
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "PrinterOption આ વિજેટને બેક કરી રહ્યું છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:117
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "છાપન ક્રિયાનું શીર્ષક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:126
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "ક્રિયાને છાપવા માટેનું પ્રિન્ટર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "સુયોજનો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:135
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "પ્રિન્ટર સુયોજનો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:231
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "પાનાં સુયોજન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1005
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-21 04:40:37 +00:00
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "છાપન પરિસ્થિતિ ટ્રેક કરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-21 04:40:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
broken pipe
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"TRUE જો છાપન ક્રિયા પરિસ્થિતિ-બદલાયેલ સંકેતોને છાપન માહિતી પ્રિન્ટર અથવા પ્રિન્ટ "
"સર્વરને મોકલાઈ ગયા પછી મોકલવાનું ચાલુ રાખશે."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-21 04:40:37 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:877
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત પાનાં સુયોજન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:878
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "GtkPageSetup મૂળભૂત રીતે વપરાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:896 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:249
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "છાપન સુયોજનો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:897 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:250
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "GtkPrintSettings એ સંવાદનો આરંભ કરવા માટે વપરાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:915
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "ક્રિયા નામ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:916
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "છાપન ક્રિયા ઓળખવા માટે વપરાતી શબ્દમાળા."
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:940
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "પાનાંઓની સંખ્યા"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:941
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "દસ્તાવેજમાં પાનાંઓની સંખ્યા."
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:962 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:239
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "વર્તમાન પાનું"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:963 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:240
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "દસ્તાવેજમાં વર્તમાન પાનું"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:984
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "આખું પાનું વાપરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:985
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid ""
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"TRUE જો સંદર્ભનું મૂળ પાનાંની કિનારીએ હોવું જોઈએ અને નહિં કે ચિત્રવાળા વિસ્તારની કિનારીએ"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1006
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-16 04:32:01 +00:00
msgid ""
2.9.1
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-23 03:52:47 +00:00
msgstr ""
"જો TRUE હોય તો છાપન માહિતી પ્રિન્ટર અથવા પ્રિન્ટ સર્વરને મોકલાઈ જાય પછી છાપન "
"પ્રક્રિયા છાપન ક્રિયા પરિસ્થિતિ પર અહેવાલ આપવા માટે ચાલુ રહેશે."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-16 04:32:01 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1023
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "એકમ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1024
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "એકમ કે જેમાં અંતરો સંદર્ભમાં માપી શકાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1041
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "સંવાદ બતાવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1042
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-24 05:14:33 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "TRUE જો છાપતી વખતે પ્રગતિ સંવાદ બતાવાયેલ હોય."
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1065
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-08 04:32:19 +00:00
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "અસુમેળને પરવાનગી આપો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1066
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-08 04:32:19 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "જો છાપન પ્રક્રિયા અસુમેળ રીતે ચાલશે તો TRUE"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1089 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1090
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "નિકાસ ફાઈલનામ"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1104
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Status"
msgstr "પરિસ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1105
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "છાપન પ્રક્રિયાની પરિસ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1125
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "પરિસ્થિતિ શબ્દમાળા"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1126
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "પરિસ્થિતિનું માનવીય-વાંચનીય વર્ણન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1144
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-25 05:40:51 +00:00
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "વૈવિધ્યપૂર્ણ ટેબ લેબલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1145
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-25 05:40:51 +00:00
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "વૈવિધ્યપૂર્ણ વિજેટોને સમાવતી ટેબ માટેનું લેબલ."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:232
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "વાપરવા માટેનું GtkPageSetup"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:257
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ પ્રિન્ટર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:258
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-08 06:04:23 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr "GtkPrinter કે જે પસંદ થયેલ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:99
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "કાર્યશીલ સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:100
#, fuzzy
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
"If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
"is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will take."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"જો ખરુ હોય તો GtkProgress કાર્યશીલ સ્થિતિમાં છે, એટલે કે તે સંકેત તો આપે છે કે કંઈક થઈ રહ્યું "
"છે, પણ એ નહિ કે કેટલુ કાર્ય પૂરુ થઈ ગયું છે. તમે કંઈક કરતા હોય પરંતુ જાણતા નથી કે તે કેટલો "
"સમય લેશે ત્યારે આનો ઉપયોગ થાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:108
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "લખાણ બતાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:109
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "શું પ્રગતિને લખાણ તરીકે બતાવવી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:115
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text x alignment"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણને x દિશામાં કતારબંધ ગોઠવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:116
#, fuzzy
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr "આડી ગોઠવણી, ૦ (ડાબે) થી ૧ (જમણે). RTL દેખાવો માટે આરક્ષિત છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:122
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text y alignment"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "લખાણને y દિશામાં કતારબંધ ગોઠવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "ઊભી દિશામાં, ૦ (ઉપર) થી ૧(નીચે)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:123
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પ્રગતિ દર્શક પટ્ટી સાથે સંકળાયેલ GtkAdjustment (અવગણાયેલ)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:131
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "પ્રગતિ દર્શક પટ્ટીની દિશા અને વિકાસ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:139
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bar style"
msgstr "પટ્ટી ની શૈલી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:140
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પટ્ટીની દૃશ્યમાન શૈલી ટકાવારીની સ્થિતિમાં સ્પષ્ટ કરો (અવગણાયેલ)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:148
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Activity Step"
msgstr "કાર્યની દિશામાં પગલા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:149
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કાર્યશીલ સ્થિતિમાં દરેક વારાનો ઉપયોગમાં લેવામાં આવતો વધારો (અવગણાયેલ)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:156
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Activity Blocks"
msgstr "કાર્ય માટેના ખાના"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:157
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode "
"(Deprecated)"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"કાર્યશીલ સ્થિતિમાં પ્રગતિ દર્શક પટ્ટી વિસ્તારમાં બંધ બેસાડી શકાતી ખાનાઓની સંખ્યા "
"(અવગણાયેલ)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:164
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Discrete Blocks"
msgstr "અલગ અલગ ખાના"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:165
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete "
"style)"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"પ્રગતિ દર્શક પટ્ટીમાં અલગ અલગ ખાનાની સંખ્યા (જ્યારે અલગ શૈલીમાં બતાવાયુ હોય ત્યારે)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:172
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "ભાગ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:173
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "પૂરા થઇ ગયેલ કામનો કેટલોક ભાગ જે પૂરો થયો છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:180
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pulse Step"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કંપન પગલું"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કંપનની સ્થિતિમાં ઉછળતા ખાનાને ખસેડવા માટેનો કુલ પ્રગતિનો ભાગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:189
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "પ્રગતિ દર્શક પટ્ટીમાં દર્શાવવા માટેનું લખાણ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:211
#, fuzzy
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid ""
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શબ્દમાળાને એલીપ્સાઈઝ કરવાની પ્રાધાન્યવાળી જગ્યા, જો પ્રગતિદર્શક પટ્ટી પાસે વર્તમાન "
"શબ્દમાળા દર્શાવવા માટે જગ્યા પૂરતી જગ્યા હોય નહિં, કોઈપણ હિસાબે"
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "XSpacing"
msgstr "છોડેલી જગ્યા"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr ""
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:111
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The value"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "કિંમત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:112
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() દ્વારા મળેલી કિંમત જ્યારે આ ક્રિયા એ તેના જૂથની "
"વર્તમાન ક્રિયા હોય છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:129
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "રેડિયો ક્રિયા કે જેના જૂથને આ ક્રિયા અનુસરે છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:144
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "વર્તમાન કિંમત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:145
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr "જૂથના વર્તમાનમાં સક્રિય સભ્યનો કિંમત ગુણધર્મ કે જેમાં આ ક્રિયા અનુલક્ષે છે."
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:83
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "રેડિયો બટન કે જેનું જૂથ આ વિજેટને અનુસરે છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:343
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "રેડિયો મેનુ વસ્તુ કે જેનું જૂથમાં આ વિજેટ અનુલક્ષે છે."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:323
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Update policy"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સુધારા પોલિસી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:324
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "સ્ક્રીન પર વિસ્તારને કેવી રીતે બદલવી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:333
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "GtkAdjustment કે જે આ વિસ્તારની વસ્તુની વર્તમાન કિંમત ધરાવે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:340
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉલટુ કરાયેલું"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:341
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "વિસ્તારની કિંમત વધારવા માટે દિશાના સરકપટ્ટીને ઉલટુ ફેરવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:348
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "નીચી ઊંડી સંવેદનશીલતા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:349
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr "ઊંડી માટે સંવેદનશીલતા પોલિસી કે જે સંતુલનને નીચી બાજુએ નિર્દેશ કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:357
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "ઉપરની ઊંડી સંવેદનશીલતા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:358
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr "ઊંડાણ માટે સંવેદનશીલતા પોલિસી કે જે સંતુલનની ઉપરની બાજુને નિર્દેશ કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:375
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:376
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:392
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:393
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:408
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:409
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:417
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "સરકપટ્ટીની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:418
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "ખસાડવાની પટ્ટી કે સ્કેલ થમ્બની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:425
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "ગર્તની કિનારી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:426
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr "બહારના ગર્તના બેવેલ અને થમ્બ/સ્ટેપર વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:433
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "સ્ટેપરનુ માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:434
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "છેડા પર સ્ટેપ બટન ની લંબાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:449
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "સ્ટેપરની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:450
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "સ્ટેપ બટન અને થમ્બ વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:457
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "તીરનું X દિશામાં સ્થળાંતર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:458
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે બટન દબાવવામાં આવે ત્યારે તીરને x દિશામાં કેટલી દૂર લઈ જવુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:465
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "તીરનુ Y દિશામાં સ્થળાંતર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:466
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે બટન દબાવવામાં આવે ત્યારે તીરને Y દિશામાં કેટલી દૂર લઈ જવી "
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:474
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
msgstr "ખેંચવા દરમ્યાન સરકાવનાર ACTIVE"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:475
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with shadow "
"IN while they are dragged"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"આ વિકલ્પને TRUE તરીકે સુયોજિત કરીને, સરકનાર ACTIVE તરીકે દોરવામાં આવશે અને પડછાયા IN "
"સાથે જ્યારે તેઓને ખેંચવામાં આવે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:486
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
msgid "Trough Side Details"
msgstr "Trough બાજુ વિગતો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:487
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are drawn "
"with different details"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgstr ""
"જ્યારે TRUE હોય, ત્યારે trough ના બે બાજુઓ પરના સરકપટ્ટીના ભાગો અલગ વિગતો સાથે "
"દોરવામાં આવે છે"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:503
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Trough પગલાંઓ નીચે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:504
#, fuzzy
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
msgid ""
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-12 06:59:52 +00:00
"spacing"
msgstr "શું trought ને પૂર્ણ લંબાઈ વિસ્તાર માટે દોરવું કે પગલાંઓ અને જગ્યાઓનો સમાવેશ નહિં કરવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:112
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Recent Manager"
msgstr "છેલ્લો વ્યવસ્થાપક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:113
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "વાપરવા માટેનો RecentManager ઓબ્જેક્ટ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:118
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "ખાનગી બતાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:119
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "શું ખાનગી વસ્તુઓ દર્શાવવી જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:124
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "સાધનમદદો બતાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:125
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "શું ત્યાં વસ્તુ પર સાધનમદદ હોવી જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:130
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "ચિહ્નો બતાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:131
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "શું ત્યાં વસ્તુની નજીક ચિહ્ન હોવું જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:136
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "મળ્યનું નહિં બતાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:137
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr "શું ઉપલબ્ધ નહિં એવા સ્રોતોનો નિર્દેશ કરતી વસ્તુઓ દર્શાવવી જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:143
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "શું ઘણી વસ્તુઓને પસંદ થયેલ પરવાનગી આપવી જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "માત્ર સ્થાનિક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:149
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr "શું પસંદ કરેલ સ્રોતો માત્ર સ્થાનિક ફાઈલ પૂરતા જ મર્યાદિત હોવા જોઈએ: URIs"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:154 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:231
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "મર્યાદા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:155
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "દર્શાવવા માટેની મહત્તમ સંખ્યાની વસ્તુઓ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવાનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:163
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "દર્શાવાયેલ વસ્તુઓને ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવાનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:170
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "કયા સ્રોતો દર્શાવાયેલ છે તે પસંદ કરવા માટેનું વર્તમાન ગાળક"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:212
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "નંબરો બતાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:213
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "શું વસ્તુઓ સંખ્યા સાથે દર્શાવવી જોઈએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:217
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr "યાદી સંગ્રહવા અને વાંચવા માટે વાપરવા માટેની ફાઈલનો આખો પાથ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:232
msgid ""
"The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr "gtk_recent_manager_get_items() દ્વારા મળેલ વસ્તુઓની મહત્તમ સંખ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:248
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "છેલ્લે વપરાયેલ સ્રોતો યાદીનું માપ"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:90
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "નીચેનું"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:91
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "માપપટ્ટીની નીચેની હદ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:100
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "ઉપરનુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:101
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "માપપટ્ટીની ઉપરની હદ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:111
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "માપપટ્ટી ઉપર નિશાનીનુ સ્થાન"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:120
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "મહત્તમ માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:121
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "માપપટ્ટી નુ મહત્તમ માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:136
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Metric"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "મેટ્રિક"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:137
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "માપપટ્ટી માટે વપરાયેલ મેટ્રિક"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:143
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દશાંશ સ્થળોની સંખ્યા કે જેઓ કિંમતમાં દર્શાવાયેલ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:152
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Draw Value"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કિંમત દોરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:153
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr "શું વર્તમાન કિંમત સરકપટ્ટીની બાજુની શબ્દમાળા તરીકે દર્શાવાયી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:160
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "કિંમતની સ્થિતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:161
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "એ સ્થાન કે જ્યાં વર્તમાન કિંમત દર્શાવાયી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:168
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "સરકપટ્ટીની લંબાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:169
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "માપપટ્ટીની સરકપટ્ટીની લંબાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:177
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "કિંમતની વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:178
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr "લખાણની કિંમત અને સરકપટ્ટી/ગર્તના વિસ્તાર વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:50
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "સરકપટ્ટીની ન્યૂનતમ લંબાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:51
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીની સરકપટ્ટીની ન્યૂનતમ લંબાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:59
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "સરકપટ્ટીનું ચોક્કસ માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:60
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr "સરકપટ્ટીનું માપ બદલો નહિ, તેને ફક્ત ન્યૂનતમ લંબાઈ પર સ્થિર રાખો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:84
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીના બીજા છેડા પર પાછા આવવા માટેનું એક બીજુ બટન દર્શાવો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
msgstr "બીજું આગળ ધપાવો તીર બટન સરકપટ્ટીના વિરુદ્ધ અંત પર દર્શાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:221 gtk/gtktext.c:541 gtk/gtktreeview.c:562
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "આડી વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:228 gtk/gtktext.c:549 gtk/gtktreeview.c:570
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "ઊભી વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:235
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "આડી ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીની નીતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:236
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "આડી ખસેડવાની પટ્ટી ક્યારે દર્શાવવામાં આવે છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:243
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "ઊભી ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીની નીતિ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:244
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "ઊભી ખસેડવાની પટ્ટીને ક્યારે દર્શાવવામાં આવે છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:252
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "વિન્ડોની ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"સરકપટ્ટીઓને સંબંધિત સમાવિષ્ટો ક્યાં સ્થિત થયેલ છે. આ ગુણધર્મ માત્ર ત્યારે જ અસરમાં આવે છે જો "
"\"window-placement-set\" એ TRUE ખરું તરીકે સુયોજિત થયેલ હોય."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "વિન્ડોની ગોઠવણી સમૂહ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:271
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું \"વિન્ડો-ગોઠવણી\" એ સરકપટ્ટીઓને અનુલક્ષીને સમાવિષ્ટોનું સ્થાન નક્કી કરવા માટે વપરાવું "
"જોઈએ."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:277
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "પડછાયાનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટ વસ્તુની આસપાસ ઉઠાવનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટી વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટી અને ખસેડાયેલી વિન્ડો વચ્ચે પિક્સેલની સંખ્યા"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:299
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટી વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:300
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr "ખસેડવાની પટ્ટી અને ખસેડાયેલી વિન્ડો વચ્ચે પિક્સેલની સંખ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:315
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "સરકાવાયેલ વિન્ડો ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:316
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"સરકપટ્ટીઓને અનુલક્ષીને સરકાવાયેલ વિન્ડોના સમાવિષ્ટો ક્યાં સ્થિત થયેલ હશે, જો સરકાવાયેલ "
"વિન્ડોની પોતાની ગોઠવણી દ્વારા નહિં ફરીથી લખાયેલ હોય."
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:107
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Draw"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દોરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:108
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું વિભાજક દોરાયેલ છે, અથવા ખાલી જ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:203
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "બમણા ક્લિક માટેનો સમય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:204
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"બમણા ક્લિક તરીકે ગણાવા માટે કરાયેલા બે ક્લિક વચ્ચે પરવાનગી આપવાનો મહત્તમ સમય"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"(મિલીસેકન્ડમાં)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:211
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Distance"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બમણા ક્લિક માટેનું અંતર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:212
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"બમણા ક્લિક તરીકે ગણાવા માટે કરાયેલા બે ક્લિક વચ્ચે પરવાનગી આપવાનો મહત્તમ સમય"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"(મિલીસેકન્ડમાં)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:228
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "કર્સરનું ઝબકવુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:229
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "શું કર્સરને ઝબકતુ કરવુ જોઈએ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:236
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "કર્સરને ઝબકવાનો સમય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "કર્સરને ઝબૂકવાનો સમયગાળો, મિલીસેકન્ડમાં"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "કર્સરને ઝબકવાનો સમય"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:257
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "કર્સરને ઝબૂકવાનો સમયગાળો, મિલીસેકન્ડમાં"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:264
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "કર્સરનુ વિભાજન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:265
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr "શું ડાબેથી જમણે અને જમણેથી ડાબે લખાણને મિશ્રણ માટે બે કર્સરને પ્રદર્શિત કરવો જોઈએ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:272
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "થીમનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:273
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "RC ફાઈલને લાવવા માટેના થીમનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:281
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન થીમનું નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:282
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વાપરવા માટેન ચિહ્ન થીમનું નામ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:290
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "ફોલબેક ચિહ્ન થીમ નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:291
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "માં ફોલબેક કરવા માટેની ચિહ્ન થીમનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:299
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "મુખ્ય થીમનુ નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:300
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "લાવવા માટેની મુખ્ય થીમની RC ફાઈલનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:308
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "મેનુની પટ્ટીનો પ્રવેગ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:309
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "મેનુની પટ્ટીને કાર્યશીલ કરવા માટે ફાળવાયેલી કી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:317
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "થ્રેશોલ્ડ ઘસેડો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:318
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "ઘસેડતા પહેલા કર્સર ખસી શકે તેટલા પિક્સેલની સંખ્યા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:326
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:327
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "ઉપયોગમાં લેવાના મૂળભૂત ફોન્ટનું નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:335
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon Sizes"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન માપો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:336
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન માપોની યાદી (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:344
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "GTK મોડ્યુલો"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:345
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વર્તમાનમાં સક્રિય GTK મોડ્યુલોની યાદી"
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:354
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Xft Antialias"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "Xft એન્ટીએલીયાસ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:355
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું Xft ફોન્ટને એન્ટીએલિઆઝ કરવા છે; ૦=ના, ૧=હા, -૧=મૂળભુત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:364
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hinting"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Xft હિંટીંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:365
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું Xft ફોન્ટ હિંટ કરવા છે; ૦=ના, ૧=હા, -૧=મૂળભુત"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:374
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Xft હિંટ શૈલી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:375
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
msgstr ""
"હિંટીંગની કેટલી ડિગ્રી વાપરવી; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, અથવા hintfull"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:384
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Xft RGBA"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:385
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "subpixel એન્ટીએલિઆઝીંગનો પ્રકાર; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:394
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Xft DPI"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:395
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "Xft માટે રીઝોલ્યુશન, 1024 * dots/inch માં. મૂળભુત કિંમત માટે -૧ વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:404
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કર્સર થીમ નામ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:405
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
msgstr "વાપરવા માટેની કર્સર થીમનું નામ, અથવા મૂળભૂત થીમ વાપરવા માટે NULL"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:413
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme size"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કર્સર થીમ માપ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:414
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr "કર્સરો માટે વાપરવાનું માપ, અથવા મૂળભૂત માપ વાપરવા માટે ૦"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:424
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Alternative button order"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક બટન ક્રમ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:425
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું સંવાદમાંના બટનોએ વૈકલ્પિક બટન ક્રમ વાપરવો જોઈએ"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક બટન ક્રમ"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:443
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:451
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "'ઈનપુટ પદ્ધતિઓ' મેનુ બતાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:452
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr "શું પ્રવેશોના સંદર્ભ મેનુઓ અને લખાણ દૃશ્યોએ ઈનપુટ પદ્ધતિ બદલવા માટે તક આપવી જોઈએ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:460
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "'યુનિકોડ નિયંત્રણ અક્ષર દાખલ કરો' મેનુ બતાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:461
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું પ્રવેશોના સંદર્ભ મેનુઓ અને લખાણ દૃશ્યોએ નિયંત્રણ અક્ષરો દાખલ કરવા માટે તક આપવી જોઈએ"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:469
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "શરૂઆત સમયસમાપ્તિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:470
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "સમયસમાપ્તિઓ માટે શરૂઆતની કિંમત, જ્યારે બટન દબાયેલ હોય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:479
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "સમયસમાપ્તિ પુનરાવર્તન"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:480
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "સમયસમાપ્તિઓ માટે પુનરાવર્તન કિંમત, જ્યારે બટન દબાયેલ હોય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:489
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "સમયસમાપ્તિ વિસ્તારો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:490
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr "સમયસમાપ્તિઓ માટે કિંમત વિસ્તારો, જ્યારે વિજેટ એ નવો વિસ્તાર વિસ્તૃત કરી રહ્યો હોય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:525
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "રંગ પદ્ધતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:526
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "થીમોમાં વાપરવા માટેના નામવાળા રંગોની તકતી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:535
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "એનીમેશનો સક્રિય કરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:536
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "શું ટુલકીટ-પ્રમાણે એનીમેશનો સક્રિય કરવા છે."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:554
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "ટચસ્ક્રીન સ્થિતિ સક્રિય કરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:555
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr "જ્યારે TRUE હોય, ત્યારે આ સ્ક્રીન પર કોઈ ગતિ સૂચન ઘટનાઓ હોતી નથી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "શરૂઆત સમયસમાપ્તિ"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:573
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:598
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:599
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:620
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "બફર કે જે દર્શાવાય છે."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:640
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:641
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:658
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "શું પ્રકાશન માટેના સૂચકને વિજેટની અંદર દેખાડવુ છે"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:679
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:680
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:697
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "રંગ હેશ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:698
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "રંગ પદ્ધતિની હેશ કોષ્ટક રજૂઆત."
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:706
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr "મૂળભુત ફાઈલ પસંદગીકારક પાશ્વ ભાગ"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:707
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "મૂળભુત રીતે વાપરવા માટેના GtkFileChooser પાશ્વભાગનું નામ"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:724
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત છાપન પાશ્વ ભાગ"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:725
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત રીતે વાપરવા માટેના GtkPrintBackend પાશ્વ ભાગોની યાદી"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:748
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:749
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "એનીમેશનો સક્રિય કરો"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:766
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "શું બધા જ ટેબનું માપ એકસરખું હોવું જોઈએ"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:782
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "પ્રવેગકો બદલી શકે છે"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:783
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "શું મેનુની વસ્તુઓ ચકાસાયેલી છે"
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:277
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:278
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
"component widgets"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દિશાઓ કે જેમાં માપ જૂથ તેના ઘટક વિજેટોના અરજી થયેલ માપોને અસર કરે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:294
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Ignore hidden"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "છુપુ હોય એને અવગણો"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:295
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"જો TRUE હોય, તો મેપ થયા વિનાના વિજેટો અવગણાય છે જ્યારે જૂથનું માપ નક્કી કરી રહ્યા હોય"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:208
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "એ વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવણી કે જે સ્પીન બટનની કિંમતને પકડી રાખે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:215
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "વૃદ્ધિનો દર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:235
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "સ્નેપથી ટીક્સ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:236
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr "શું ભૂલવાળી કિંમતો તેની જાતેજ સ્પીન બટનના નજીકનાં વધારામાં બદલાઈ જાય છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "આંકડાકીય"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:244
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "શું બિન-આંકડાકીય શબ્દોને અવગણવા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "લપેટો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:252
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું સ્પીન બટને તેની મર્યાદાએ પહોંચી જાય ત્યારે લપેટાઇ જવુ જોઇએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:259
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "નીતિ બદલો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "શું સ્પીન બટનને હંમેશા બદલવું જાેઇએ કે પછી જ્યારે કિંમત સાચી હોય ત્યારે બદલવી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:269
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "વર્તમાન કિંમતને વાંચે છે, અથવા નવી કિંમત પર સુયોજીત કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:278
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "સમાવિષ્ટ વસ્તુની આસપાસ ઉઠાવનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:141
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પાસે માપબદલવાની ગ્રીપ છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:142
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr "શું આ વિજેટ ઉંચાસ્તરમાં પ્રકાશિત વિજેટ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:187
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "સ્થિતિ દર્શક પટ્ટીના લેખનની આજુબાજુના ઉઠાવનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:218
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "ચિહ્નનું માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "સ્ક્રિન કે જ્યાં વિન્ડો દેખાડવામાં આવશે"
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:235
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Blinking"
msgstr "ઝબૂકી રહ્યું છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:236
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking"
msgstr "શું પરિસ્થિતિ ચિહ્ન એ ઝબૂકી રહ્યું છે કે નહિં"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:244
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible"
msgstr "શું પરિસ્થિતિ ચિહ્ન એ દૃશ્યમાન છે કે નહિં"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "શું પરિસ્થિતિ ચિહ્ન એ દૃશ્યમાન છે કે નહિં"
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:276 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:97
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "ટ્રેની દિશા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:129
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હરોળો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:130
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કોષ્ટકમાં હરોળોની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:138
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:139
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબલમાં સ્તંભોની સંખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:147
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હરોળ વચ્ચે જગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:148
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બે સળંગ હરોળોની વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:156
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભ વચ્ચે જગ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:157
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "બે સળંગ સ્તંભો વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:166
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-07-07 04:36:18 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "જો TRUE હોય, તો કોષ્ટક ખાનાંઓને સરખી પહોળાઈ/ઊંચાઈ હોય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:173
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "ડાબેથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:180
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "જમણેથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:181
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "બાળ વિજેટની જમણી બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો સ્તંભનો ક્રમાંક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:187
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "ઉપરથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:188
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "બાળ વિજેટની ઉપરની બાજુ જોડવા માટેનો હરોળનો ક્રમાંક"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:194
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "નીચેથી જોડાયેલુ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:201
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "આડા વિકલ્પો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:202
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "બાળનું આડુ વર્તન સ્પષ્ટ કરતા વિકલ્પો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:208
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "ઉભા વિકલ્પો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:209
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "બાળનું ઉભુ વર્તન સ્પષ્ટ કરતા વિકલ્પો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:215
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "આડી દિશામાં ખાલી જગ્યાઓ ભરવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:216
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr "બાળ અને તેના ડાબા અને જમણા પડોશીની વચ્ચે મૂકવાની વધારાની જગ્યા, પીક્સેલમાં"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:222
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "ઊભી દિશામાં ખાલી જગ્યાઓ ભરવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:223
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr "બાળ અને તેના ઉપર અને નીચેના પાડોશીઓની વચ્ચે મૂકવાની વધારાની જગ્યા, પીક્સેલમાં"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:542
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr "લખાણના વિજેટ માટે આડી દિશામાં કરવાની વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:550
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr "લખાણના વિજેટ માટે ઊભી દિશામાં કરવાની વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવણી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:557
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Line Wrap"
msgstr "લીટીઓને વીંટાળવી"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:558
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr "શું લીટીઓ વિજેટની કિનારી આગળ વીંટાળેલી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:565
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Word Wrap"
msgstr "શબ્દોને વીંટાળો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:566
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr "શું વિજેટની કિનારી આગળ શબ્દોને વીંટાળેલ છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:179
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "નિશાનીઓનો કોઠો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:180
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "લખાણની નિશાનીઓનો કોઠો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:198
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બફરનું વર્તમાન લખાણ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:212
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "ને પસંદગી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:213
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "શું બફરને અમુક લખાણ વર્તમાનમાં પસંદ કરેલ છે કે નહિં"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:229
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-09 06:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "કર્સરનું સ્થાન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:230
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-09 06:21:15 +00:00
msgstr "દાખલ કરો ચિહ્નનું સ્થાન (બફરની શરૂઆતથી ઓફસેટ)"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:245
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "લક્ષ્ય યાદીની નકલ કરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:246
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgstr "લક્ષ્યોની યાદી કે જેને આ બફર ક્લિપબોર્ડ નકલ કરવા અને DND સ્રોત માટે વાપરે છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:261
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Paste target list"
msgstr "લક્ષ્ય યાદી ચોંટાડો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:262
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr "ક્લિપબોર્ડ ચોંટાડવા અને DND લક્ષ્ય માટે લક્ષ્યોની યાદી કે જેને આ બફર આધાર આપે છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "નિશાનીનુ નામ"
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
#, fuzzy
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "ગુરુત્વાકર્ષણ"
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફોન્ટના કુટુંબને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:173
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "નિશાનીનુ નામ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:174
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"લખાણની નિશાનીઓને ઉલ્લેખ કરતી વખતે ઉપયોગમાં લેવાયેલ નામ, અનામી નિશાની માટે NULL વાપરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:192
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ GdkColor તરીકે (સંભવિત રીતે ફાળવ્યા વગરનો)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગની પૂરેપૂરી ઊંચાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:200
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ પૂરેપૂરી લીટીને રંગથી ભરી દે છે કે ફક્ત નિશાનીત કરેલાઅક્ષરોની ઊંચાઈ સુધી જ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગમાં રહી ગયેલા બિંદુને સંતાડી દો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:209
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr "લખાણના પાશ્વ ભાગને દોરતી વખતે સંતાડવા માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવાતુ બીટમેપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:226
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "અગ્ર રંગ GdkColor તરીકે (સંભવિત રીતે ફાળવ્યા વગરનો)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગને બિંદુને સંતાડી દો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:235
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગળના દોરતી વખતે સંતાડવા માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવામાં આવતો નક્શો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "લખાણની દિશા"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:243
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "લખાણની દિશા દા.ત. જમણેથી ડાબે કે ડાબેથી જમણે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "ફોન્ટની રીત પેન્ગો શૈલી તરીકે, દા.ત. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:301
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "ફોન્ટ ચલ પેન્ગો ચલ તરીકે, દા.ત PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:310
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"ફોન્ટની જાડાઈ પૂર્ણાંક તરીકે, PangoWeight માં પહેલેથી નક્કી કરાયેલી કિંમત જુઓ. દા.ત "
"PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનું ખેચાણ પેન્ગો ખેંચાણ તરીકે, દા.ત PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:330
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "ફોન્ટનું માપ પેન્ગોના એકમમાં"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:340
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"મૂળભૂત ફોન્ટમાપને અનૂરુપ ફોન્ટમાપ એ એક માપદંડ માટેનો ભાગ છે. આ વ્યવસ્થિત રીતે થીમના "
"બદલાવો વગેરે માટે અનુરૂપ છે. તેથી તેનો ઉપયોગ સુચવાયો છે. પેન્ગોએ પહેલેથી માપદંડ નક્કી કરેલા "
"છે. જેવો કે PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 gtk/gtktextview.c:588
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "ડાબુ, જમણુ કે મધ્યની ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:379
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"આ લખાણ જે ભાષામાં છે, ISO ના કોડ તરીકે. પેન્ગો લખાણને ઘાટ આપતી વખતેતેનો ઉપયોગ સંકેત "
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
"તરીકે કરી શકે છે. જો તમે આ પરિમાણને સમજી ના શકો, તો કઈ નહિતમારે તેની જરુર નહિ પડે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "ડાબી બાજુનો હાંસ્યો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:387 gtk/gtktextview.c:597
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "ડાબી બાજુના હાંસ્યોની પિક્સેલમાં પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:396
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Right margin"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જમણી બાજુનો હાંસ્યો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:397 gtk/gtktextview.c:607
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "જમણી બાજુના હાંસ્યોની પિક્સેલમાં પહોળાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:407 gtk/gtktextview.c:616
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "હાંસ્યોથી અંતર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:408 gtk/gtktextview.c:617
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "હાંસ્યોથી ફકરાનું અંતર છે, પિક્સેલમાં"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"in Pango units"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"પેન્ગો એકમોમાં આધારરેખા ઉપરના લખાણનો ઓફસેટ (જો ઉન્નતી ઋણ હોય તો આધારરેખાની નીચે)"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:428
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "લીટીની ઉપરના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:429 gtk/gtktextview.c:541
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "ફકરાની ઉપર ખાલી જગ્યાના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:438
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "લીટીની નીચેના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:439 gtk/gtktextview.c:551
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "ફકરાની નીચેની ખાલી જગ્યાના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:448
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "લપેટાયેલા ભાગની અંદરના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:449 gtk/gtktextview.c:561
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "ફકરામાં લપેટાયેલી લીટીઓની વચ્ચેની ખાલી જગ્યાના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:476 gtk/gtktextview.c:579
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "શું ક્યારેપણ લીટીઓ લપેટવી નહિ, શબ્દોની કિનારીએ કે અક્ષરોની કિનારીએ પણ નહિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:485 gtk/gtktextview.c:626
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "ટેબ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:486 gtk/gtktextview.c:627
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "આ લખાણ માટેના કસ્ટમ ટેબ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Invisible"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "અદૃશ્ય"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:505
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું લખાણ છુપુ છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફકરાના પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગનું નામ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:520
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફકરાનો પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ શબ્દમાળા તરીકે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફકરાના પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:536
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફકરાના પાશ્વ ભાગનો રંગ (સંભવિત છે ફાળવેલ નહિં હોય તે) GdkColor તરીકે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગની પૂરે પૂરી ઊંચાઈ સુયોજીત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની પાશ્વ ભાગની ઊંચાઈને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr "પાશ્વ ભાગમાં રહેલા બિંદુઓ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની પાશ્વ ભાગના બિંદુઓને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગમાં રહેલા બિંદુઓ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની અગ્ર ભાગના બિંદુઓને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "ની સાપેક્ષે વિકલ્પ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ફકરાની સાપેક્ષ ગોઠવણીને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "ડાબી બાજુનો હાંસ્યો સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "શું ડાબી બાજુના હાંસ્યોને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "હાંસ્યોથી અંતર સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "શું પછી આ નિશાની હાંસ્યોથી રખાયેલા અંતરને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "લીટીઓની ઉપરના પિક્સેલ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:637 gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની લીટીઓની ઉપર રહેલા પિક્સેલની સંખ્યાને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "લીટીઅોની નીચેના પિક્સેલ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "લપેટાયેલા ભાગની અંદર આવેલા પિક્સેલ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની લપેયાયેલી લીટીઓની વચ્ચે રહેલા પિક્સેલની સંખ્યાને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "જમણી બાજુનાં હાંસ્યોનો સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની જમણી બાજુના હાંસ્યોને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "લીટી લપેટવાની સ્થિતિ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની લીટી લપેટવાની સ્થિતિ ને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "ટેબ સુયોજિત છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની ટેબને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Invisible set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "અદૃશ્ય સુયોજિત છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "શું આ નિશાની લખાણના દેખાવને અસર કરે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:672
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background set"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ફકરાનો પાશ્વ ભાગ સુયોજિત છે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું આ ટેગ ફકરાના પાશ્વ ભાગના રંગને અસર કરે છે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:540
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "લીટીઓની ઉપરના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:550
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "લીટાઓની નીચેના પિકસેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:560
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "લપેટાયેલા ભાગની અંદરના પિક્સેલ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:578
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "લપેટવાની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:596
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "ડાબો હાંસ્યો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:606
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "જમણો હાંસ્યો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:634
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Visible"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કર્સર દૃશ્યમાન છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:635
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "જો દાખલ કરવા માટેનુ કર્સર બતાવેલુ હોય તો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:642
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Buffer"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "બફર"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:643
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "બફર કે જે દર્શાવાય છે."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:650
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "માપબદલવા માટેની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:651
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું દાખલ થયેલ લખાણ વર્તમાન સમાવિષ્ટો પર ફરીથી લખે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Accepts tab"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ટેબ સ્વીકારે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:659
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ટેબ ટેબ અક્ષરો દાખલ થાય તેમાં પરિણમશે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:668
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Error underline color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "અગ્ર ભાગનો રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:669
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "રંગ કે જેનાથી દાખલ કરવા માટેનું કર્સર દોરાય છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:103
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "ફેરબદલી માટેનું બટનને રેડિયો બટન તરીકે દોરો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:104
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું આ ક્રિયા માટેના પ્રોક્સીઓ રેડિયો ક્રિયા પ્રોક્સીઓની જેમ દેખાય છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle action should be active in or not"
msgstr "શું બદલો ક્રિયા સક્રિય હોવી જોઈએ કે નહિં"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:103 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:102
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ફેરબદલી માટેનું બટન દબાવવું જોઈએ કે નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:111
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ફેરબદલી માટેનું બટન \"વચ્ચેની\" સ્થિતિમાં છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:118
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Draw Indicator"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સૂચક દોરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:119
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "શું બટનનો ફેરબદલી માટેનો ભાગ પ્રદર્શિત કરાયેલો છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:476
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીની દિશા"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:484
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Style"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સાધનપટ્ટીની શૈલી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:485
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સાધનપટ્ટીને કેવી રીતે દોરવી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:492
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show Arrow"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "તીર બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:493
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું તીર બતાવવું જોઈએ જો સાધનપટ્ટી બંધબેસે નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Tooltips"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સાધન ટિપ્પણી"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:509
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું સાધનપટ્ટી સાધનટિપ્પણી સક્રિય હોવી જોઈએ કે નહિં"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:531
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "આ સાધનપટ્ટીમાંના ચિહ્નોનું માપ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:546
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "ચિહ્ન માપ સમૂહ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:547
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "શું ચિહ્ન-માપ ગુણધર્મ સુયોજિત થયેલ છેt"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:556
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr "શું પિતૃનો વિકાસ થાય ત્યારે બાળને વધારાની જગ્યા મળવી જોઈએ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:564
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr "શું બધા બાળકો સરખા માપના હોવા જોઈએ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:571
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "જગ્યા છોડનારનું માપ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:572
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "જગ્યા છોડનારનું માપ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:581
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીના છાંયા અને બટનોની કિનારી વચ્ચેની જગ્યા"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:589
2.9.1
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum child expand"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-17 05:26:32 +00:00
msgstr "મહત્તમ બાળ વિસ્તાર"
2.9.1
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
2.9.1
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-17 05:26:32 +00:00
msgstr "જગ્યાનો મહત્તમ જથ્થો કે જે વિસ્તારી શકાય તેવી વસ્તુને આપવામાં આવશે"
2.9.1
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:598
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "જગ્યા છોડવાની શૈલી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "શું જગ્યા છોડનાર ઊભી લીટીઓ ના જેવી છે કે પછી ખલી જગ્યા છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:606
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "બટન છોડો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:607
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીની ચારેબાજુના ઉઠાવ નો પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:614
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીની ચારેબાજુના ઉઠાવ નો પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:620
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "સાધન દર્શાવવાની શૈલી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:621
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "શું મૂળભૂત સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીમાં ફક્ત લખાણ, લખાણ અને ચિહ્નો, ફક્ત ચિહ્નો વગેરે હોય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:627
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar icon size"
msgstr "સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીના ચિહ્નનું માપ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:628
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in default toolbars"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત સાધન દર્શક પટ્ટીમાં ચિહ્નોનંુ માપ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:181
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "કોષ્ટકમાં હરોળની સંખ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"જો સુયોજિત હોય તો, શબ્દની નીચેની લીટી એ સૂચવે છે શુંનો શબ્દ સંજ્ઞાસૂચિની પ્રવેગ કી માટે "
"વાપરવો જોઇએ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "ટેબ લેબલના આજુબાજુની કિનારીની પહોળાઈ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:201
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "જથ્થાની ઓળખ"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "બાળના ટેબના લેબલ ઉપર દેખાતી શબ્દમાળા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:218
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Icon name"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન નામ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:219
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "વસ્તુ પર દર્શાવાયેલ થીમવાળા ચિહ્નનું નામ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:225
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ચિહ્ન વિજેટ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:226
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "દર્શાવવા માટે ચિહ્ન સુયોજિત છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:239
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-02 05:48:12 +00:00
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "ચિહ્ન વચ્ચે જગ્યા"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-02 05:48:12 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "ચિહ્ન અને લેબલ વચ્ચેની જગ્યા પિક્સેલોમાં"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:145
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું સાધનપટ્ટી વસ્તુ એ મહત્વની તરીકે સમજાયેલ છે. જ્યારે સાચું હોય, તો સાધનપટ્ટી બટનો "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ સ્થિતિમાં બતાવો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:274
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "TreeModelSort મોડલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:275
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવા માટે TreeModelSort મોડલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:554
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TreeView Model"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "TreeView મોડલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:555
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "ટ્રીના રૂપમાં દર્શન કરવા માટેનું મોડલ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:563
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "વિજેટ માટે વ્યવસ્થિત આડી ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:571
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "વિજેટ માટે વ્યવસ્થિત ઊભી ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:578
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Headers Visible"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હેડરો દૃશ્યમાન છે"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:579
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "સ્તંભ હેડર માટેના બટન બતાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:586
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Headers Clickable"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હેડરો ક્લિક કરી શકાય તેવા છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:587
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "સ્તંભ હેડર ક્લિકની ઘટના સામે પ્રતિક્રીયા આપે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:594
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "વિસ્તારકનો સ્તંભ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:595
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "વિસ્તારક સ્તંભ માટે એક સ્તંભની ગોઠવણ કરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:610
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "નિયમો માટેના સંકેત"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:611
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "હરોળને એકપછીએક રંગમાં દર્શાવવા માટે થીમયંત્રમાં સંકેતની ગોઠવણી કરો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:618
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "શોધવાનું સક્રિય બનાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:619
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr "આ દેખાવ વપરાશકર્તાને સ્તંભમાં પારસ્પરિક રીતે શોધવાની પરવાનગી આપે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:626
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Search Column"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભમાં શોધો"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:627
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Model column to search through when searching through code"
msgstr "જ્યારે કોડમાં શોધતા હોઈએ ત્યારે શોધવા માટેનું મોડલ સ્તંભ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:647
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "ચોક્કસ ઊંચાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:648
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "GtkTreeView ને બધી હરોળોની ઊંચાઈ સરખી છે એમ ધારીને ઝડપી બનાવે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:668
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Hover Selection"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપરથી પસંદગી"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:669
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "શું પસંદ કરનારે રંગ અપારદર્શકતાની ગોઠવણી માટે પરવાનગી આપવી જોઇએ છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:688
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Hover Expand"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ઉપરથી વિસ્તારો"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:689
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું હરોળો જ્યારે નિર્દેશક તેમના ઉપર ખસે ત્યારે વિસ્તૃત થવી જોઈએ/સંકોચાવી જોઈએ"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:696
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "વિસ્તારકો બતાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:697
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "દૃશ્યને વિસ્તારકો છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:704
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "સ્તર ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:705
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "દરેક સ્તર માટે વધારાની ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:714
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-05 04:28:10 +00:00
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "રબર બેન્ડીંગ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:715
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-05 04:28:10 +00:00
msgstr "શું ઘણી વસ્તુઓની પસંદગી માઉસ નિર્દેશક ખેંચીને પસંદ કરવા માટે સક્રિય કરવું જોઈએ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:722
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "જાળી લીટીઓ સક્રિય કરો"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:723
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "શું જાળી લીટીઓ વૃક્ષ દૃશ્યમાં દોરાયેલ હોવી જોઈએ"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:731
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ લીટીઓ સક્રિય કરો"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:732
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "શું વૃક્ષ લીટીઓ વૃક્ષ દેખાવમાં દોરાયેલ હોવી જોઈએ"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:752
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "ઊભા વિભાજકની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:753
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કોષની વચ્ચેની ઊભી જગ્યા. બેકી સંખ્યામાં હોવી જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:761
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "આડા વિભાજકની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:762
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કોષની વચ્ચેની ઊભી જગ્યા. બેકી સંખ્યામાં હોવી જોઈએ કોષ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:770
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "નિયમોની પરવાનગી આપો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:771
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "એક પછી એક રંગની હરોળને દોરવાની પરવાનગી"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:777
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "વિસ્તારકો વચ્ચે અંતર લાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:778
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "વિસ્તારકો વચ્ચે અંતર લાવો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:784
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "બેકી હોય તેવી હરોળનો રંગ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:785
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "બેકી હોય તેવી આડી હરોળ માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવાતો રંગ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:791
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "એકી હોય તેવી હરોળનો રંગ "
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:792
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "એકી હોય તેવી આડી હરોળ માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવાતો રંગ "
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:798
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
msgid "Row Ending details"
msgstr "હરોળના અંતની વિગતો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:799
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-27 05:39:08 +00:00
msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
msgstr "વિસ્તૃત કાચા પાશ્વ ભાગનું થીમવાળું સક્રિય કરો"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:805
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line width"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "જાળી લીટી પહોળાઈ"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:806
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ દેખાવ જાળી લીટીઓની પહોળાઈ, પિક્સેલોમાં"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:812
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line width"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ લીટી પહોળાઈ"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:813
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ દેખાવ લીટીઓની પહોળાઈ, પિક્સેલોમાં"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:819
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line pattern"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "જાળી લીટી ભાત"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:820
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ દેખાવ જાળી લીટીઓ દોરવા માટે વપરાતી ડેશ ભાત"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:826
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line pattern"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ લીટી ભાત"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:827
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-06-13 06:22:48 +00:00
msgstr "વૃક્ષ દેખાવ લીટીઓ દોરવા માટે વપરાતી ડેશ ભાત"
2.9.3
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:187
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "શું સ્તંભને દર્શાવવી છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:194 gtk/gtkwindow.c:508
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "માપ બદલી શકાય તેવુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:195
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "સ્તંભના માપને વપરાશકર્તા બદલી શકે છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:203
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "સ્તંભની વર્તમાન પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:212
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જગ્યા કે જે ખાનાંઓ વચ્ચે દાખલ થયેલ છે"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:220
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "માપ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:221
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "સ્તંભનુ માપ બદલી શકાય તેવી સ્થિતિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:229
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "ચોક્કસ પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:230
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "સ્તંભની ચોક્ક્સ વર્તમાન પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:239
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "ન્યૂનતમ પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:240
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "સ્તંભ માટે ન્યૂનતમ માન્ય રાખેલી પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:249
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "મહત્તમ પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:250
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "સ્તંભ માટે મહત્તમ માન્ય રાખેલી પહોળાઈ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "સ્તંભ હેડરમાં દર્શાવવાનું શીર્ષક"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:268
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભો વિજેટને ફાળવેલ વધારાની પહેળાઈને વહેંચવાનું મેળવે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:275
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "ક્લિક કરી શકાય તેવુ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:276
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "શું હેડરને ક્લિક કરી શકાય છે?"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:284
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "વિજેટ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:285
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "સ્તંભના હેડરના બટનમાં સ્તંભના શીર્ષકની જગ્યાએ વિજેટ મૂકવાનું છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:293
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "સ્તંભના હેડરના લખાણ કે વિજેટની X દિશામાં કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:303
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "શું હેડરોની આસપાસ સ્તંભને ફરીથી ક્રમબધ કરી શકાય છે"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:310
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "ક્રમબધ કરવા માટેનું સૂચક"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "શું ક્રમબધ કરવા માટેના સૂચકને બતાવુ કે નહિ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:318
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "ક્રમબધ કરવા માટેનો ક્રમ"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:319
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "ક્રમબધ કરવા માટેના સૂચક દ્વારા ક્રમબધ કરવા માટેની દર્શાવવાની દિશાનો"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:196
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "શું મેનુની વસ્તુઓ ચકાસાયેલી છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:203
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Merged UI definition"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "ભેળવેલ UI વ્યાખ્યા"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:204
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
*** empty log message ***
2004-07-30 15:38:25 +00:00
msgstr "XML વાક્ય કે જે ભેળવેલ UI નું વર્ણન કરે છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:107
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr "Gtk ગોઠવણી જે વ્યુપોર્ટ માટેની આડી સ્થિતિની કિંમત નક્કી કરે છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:115
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr "Gtk ગોઠવણી જે વ્યુપોર્ટ માટેની ઊભી સ્થિતિની કિંમત નક્કી કરે છે"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:123
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr "વ્યુપોર્ટની આસપાસ છાયા પેટી કેવી રીતે દોરાઇ છે તે નક્કી કરે છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:443
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "વિજેટ નામ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:444
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "વિન્ડોનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:450
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "પિતૃ વિજેટ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:451
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "આ વિજેટનું પિતૃ વિજેટ. આ એક સમાવનાર વિજેટ હોવો જોઈએ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:458
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "પહોળાઈ માટેની વિનંતી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:459
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"વિજેટને પહોળુ કરવાની વિનંતીને દબાવી દો, અથવા તો જો કુદરતી વિનંતી હોય તો -૧વાપરવુ જાેઇએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:467
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "ઊંચાઈ માટેની વિનંતી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:468
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgstr ""
"વિજેટને ઊંચુ કરવાની વિનંતીને દબાવી દો, અથવા તો જો એ કુદરતી વિનંતી હોય તો -૧વાપરવુ જાેઇએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:477
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું વિજેટ દૃશ્યમાન છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:484
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "શું વિજેટ ઈનપુટને પ્રતિસાદ આપે છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:490
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr "દોરી શકાય તેવો કાર્યક્રમ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:491
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr "શું કાર્યક્રમ વિજેટની ઉપર સીધુ દોરશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:497
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "પ્રકાશિત કરી શકાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:498
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "શું વિજેટ પ્રકાશિત ઈનપુટને સ્વીકાર કરશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:504
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "પ્રકાશિત કરેલુ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:505
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "શું વિજેટની પાસે પ્રકાશિત ઈનપુટ છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:511
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "પ્રકાશિત કરેલુ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:512
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "શું આ વિજેટ ઉંચાસ્તરમાં પ્રકાશિત વિજેટ છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:518
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Can default"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત કરી શકાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:519
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr "શું આ વિજેટ મૂળભૂત વિજેટ હોઇ શકે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:525
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત કરેલુ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:526
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "શું આ વિજેટ મૂળભૂત વિજેટ છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:532
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત મેળવે છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:533
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr "જો ખરુ હોય તો, વિજેટ જ્યારે પ્રકાશિત થયેલુ હશે ત્યારે મૂળભૂત કાર્ય મેળવશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:539
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "સંયુક્ત બાળ પ્રક્રિયા"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:540
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "શું આ વિજેટ સંયુક્ત વિજેટનેા ભાગ છે"
# #-#-#-#-# gnome-session.HEAD.hi.po (gnome-session 2.4) #-#-#-#-#
# gnome-session/gsm-client-list.c:111
# #-#-#-#-# gnumeric.HEAD.hi.po (gnumeric HEAD) #-#-#-#-#
# #-#-#-#-# gnome-session.HEAD.hi.po (gnome-session VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
# gnome-session/gsm-client-list.c:111
# #-#-#-#-# libgnomeprintui.gnome-2-2.hi.po (libgnomeprintui ) #-#-#-#-#
# libgnomeprintui/gnome-font-dialog.c:217
# #-#-#-#-# libgnomeprintui.HEAD.hi.po (libgnomeprintui ) #-#-#-#-#
# libgnomeprintui/gnome-font-dialog.c:217
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:546
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Style"
msgstr "શૈલી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:547
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr "વિજેટની શૈલી કે જે તે કેવું દેખાશે તેના વિશેની માહિતી ધરાવે છે(રંગ વગેરે)"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:553
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Events"
msgstr "ઘટનાઓ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:554
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr "સંતાડવાની એ ઘટનાને કે જે નક્કી કરશે કે આ વિજેટ ક્યા પ્રકારની Gdk ઘટના મેળવશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:561
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "ઘટનાનું વિસ્તરણ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:562
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr "માસ્ક કે જે નક્કી કરશે કે આ વિજેટને કયા વિસ્તરણ વાળી ઘટના મળશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:569
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "No show all"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "બધું બતાવો નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:570
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું gtk_widget_show_all() એ આ વિજેટને અસર કરવું જોઈએ નહિં"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:587
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "સાધન ટીપ્પણી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:588
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "શું વિજેટની પાસે પ્રકાશિત ઈનપુટ છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:609
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "સાધન ટીપ્પણી"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:610
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "પ્રવેશના સમાવિષ્ટો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1704
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Interior Focus"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "આંતરીક પ્રકાશન"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1705
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "શું પ્રકાશન માટેના સૂચકને વિજેટની અંદર દેખાડવુ છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1711
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "લીટીની પહોળાઈને પ્રકાશિત કરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1712
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "પ્રકાશન સૂચક લીટીની, પહોળાઈ, પિક્સેલમાં"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1718
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "લીટીની તૂટક ભાતને પ્રકાશિત કરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1719
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "પ્રકાશન સૂચકને દોરવા માટે તૂટક ભાતનો ઉપયોગ થાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1724
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "પૂરાયેલી ખાલી જગ્યાને પ્રકાશિત કરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1725
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "પ્રકાશિત સૂચક અને વિજેટ પેટીની વચ્ચેની,પહોળાઈ,પિક્સેલમાં"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1730
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "કર્સર નો રંગ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1731
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "રંગ કે જેનાથી દાખલ કરવા માટેનું કર્સર દોરાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1736
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કર્સરનો ગૌણ રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1737
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"જ્યારે મિશ્રિત જમણેથી-ડાબે કે ડાબેથી-જમણે લખાણનું ફેરફાર કરતા હોઈએ ત્યારેદાખલ કરવા માટેના "
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
"ગૌણ કર્સરને દોરવા માટેનો રંગ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1742
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "કર્સર લીટી માટેનો ધારેલો ગુણોત્તર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1743
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "ધારેલો ગુણોત્તર કે જેનાથી દાખલ કરવા માટેનુ કર્સર દોરાય છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1757
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Draw Border"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "કિનારી દોરો"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1758
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "દોરવા માટેના વિજેટની સોંપણીની બાહરના વિસ્તારોનું માપ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1771
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "નહિં મુલાકાત લેવાયેલ કડીનો રંગ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1772
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "નહિં મુલાકાત લેવાયેલ કડીઓનો રંગ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1785
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "મુલાકાત લેવાયેલ કડીનો રંગ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1786
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "મુલાકાત લેવાયેલ કડીઓનો રંગ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1800
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "મોટા વિભાજકો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1801
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-26 06:51:59 +00:00
msgstr ""
"શું વિભાજકો પાસે રૂપરેખાંકન કરી શકાય તેવી પહોળાઈ છે અને તે લીટીની જગ્યાએ બોક્સથી દોરાવી "
"જોઈએ"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1815
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "વિભાજક પહોળાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1816
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr "જો મોટા-વિભાજકો એ TRUE હોય તો વિભાજકોની પહોળાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1830
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "વિભાજક ઊંચાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1831
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-23 03:52:47 +00:00
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
msgstr "જો \"મોટા-વિભાજકો\" એ TRUE હોય તો વિભાજકોની ઊંચાઈ"
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1845
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-11 06:57:49 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "આડી સરકાવવાની તીરની લંબાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1846
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-11 06:57:49 +00:00
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "આડી સરકાવવાની તીરોની લંબાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1860
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-11 06:57:49 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "ઊભી સરકાવવાની તીરની લંબાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1861
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-11 06:57:49 +00:00
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "ઊભી સરકાવવાની તીરોની લંબાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:449
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "વિન્ડો પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:450
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "વિન્ડોનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:458
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "વિન્ડો શીર્ષક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:459
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "વિન્ડોનું શીર્ષક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:466
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "વિન્ડો શીર્ષક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:467
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જ્યારે સત્રનો પુનઃસંગ્રહ કરી રહ્યા હોય ત્યારે વારવા માટેની વિન્ડોની અનન્ય ઓળખ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:483
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "જૂથ ID"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:484
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr "જ્યારે સત્રનો પુનઃસંગ્રહ કરી રહ્યા હોય ત્યારે વારવા માટેની વિન્ડોની અનન્ય ઓળખ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:491
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr "સંકોચન થવા દો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:493
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
"જો ખરુ હોય તો, વિન્ડોનું કેાઈ ન્યૂનતમ માપ નથી. આને ખરા તરીકે સુયોજિત કરવાની યુક્તિ ૯૯% "
"સમય ખોટી છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:500
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr "વિકસવા દો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:501
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr "જો ખરુ હોય તો, વપરાશકર્તા વિન્ડોના માપને ન્યૂનતમ માપ કરતાં વધારી શકે છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:509
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "જો ખરુ હોય તો, વપરાશકર્તા વિન્ડોનું માપ બદલી શકે છે"
# #-#-#-#-# libgnomeui.HEAD.hi.po (libgnomeui-2.0.hi) #-#-#-#-#
# libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:216
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:516
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "આજે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:517
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"જો ખરુ હોય તો, વિન્ડો નમૂનારૂપી છે. (જ્યારે આ હોય ત્યારે બીજી બધી વિન્ડોનો ઉપયોગ કરી "
"શકાય નહિ)"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:524
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "વિન્ડોની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:525
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "વિન્ડોની શરુઆતની સ્થિતિ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:533
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત પહોળાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:534
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr "વિન્ડોની મૂળભૂત પહોળાઈ, આનો ઉપયોગ વિન્ડોને શરુઆતમાં દર્શાવતી વખતે કરવામાં આવશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:543
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "મૂળભૂત ઊંચાઈ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:544
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgstr "વિન્ડોની મૂળભૂત ઊંચાઈ, આનો ઉપોયોગ વિન્ડોને શરુઆતમાં દર્શાવતી વખતે કરવામાં આવશે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:553
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "પિતૃની સાથે નાશ કરો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:554
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "શું પિતૃનો નાશ કરવામાં આવે ત્યારે આ વિન્ડોનો નાશ કરવો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:561
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "ચિહ્ન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:562
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "આ વિન્ડો માટેનુ ચિહ્ન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:578
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "આ વિન્ડો માટેનુ ચિહ્ન"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:593
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "ક્રિયાશીલ છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:594
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "શું ઉચ્ચસ્તર એ આપણું વર્તમાન કાર્યશીલ વિન્ડો છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:601
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "ઉચ્ચસ્તર પ્રકાશિત છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:602
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શું ઈનપુટનું પ્રકાશન આ Gtk વિન્ડોમાં છે"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:609
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "પ્રકાર વિશે સંકેત"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:610
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"ડેસ્કટોપના વાતાવરણને આ વિન્ડો કયા પ્રકારની છે અને તેની સાથે કઈ રીતે વર્તન કરવુએ માટેની "
"મદદ માટેનો સંકેત."
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:618
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "કાર્ય દર્શક પટ્ટી છોડી દો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:619
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "ખરુ જો વિન્ડો કાર્ય દર્શક પટ્ટીમાં ન હોવી જોઈએ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:626
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "પેજર છોડી દો"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:627
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ખરુ જો વિન્ડો પેજરમાં ન હોવી જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:634
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Urgent"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "તાત્કાલિક"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:635
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "જો વિન્ડો વપરાશકર્તાના ધ્યાનમાં લેવાવું જોઈએ તો ખરું."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:649
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "પ્રકાશિત કરેલુ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ખરુ જો વિન્ડો પેજરમાં ન હોવી જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:664
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "ઉચ્ચસ્તર પ્રકાશિત છે"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:665
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ખરુ જો વિન્ડો પેજરમાં ન હોવી જોઈએ"
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:679
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Decorated"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "શણગારાયેલ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:680
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ખરુ જો વિન્ડો પેજરમાં ન હોવી જોઈએ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:694
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "કાઢી શકાય તેવું"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:695
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-04-19 11:37:44 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "શું વિન્ડો ચોકઠાંને બંધ કરો બટન હોવું જોઈએ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:711
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "Gravity"
Updated Translation
2005-07-27 09:57:19 +00:00
msgstr "ગુરુત્વાકર્ષણ"
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:712
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "વિન્ડોનો પ્રકાર"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:729
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-15 05:02:53 +00:00
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "વિન્ડો માટે પારદર્શક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:730
Updated Gujarati Translations
2006-05-15 05:02:53 +00:00
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
msgstr "સંવાદનો પારદર્શક પિતૃ"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:744
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "વિન્ડો માટે પારદર્શક"
2.11.1 svn path=/trunk/; revision=18027
2007-06-04 17:01:14 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:745
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "વિન્ડોનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "IM ફરીથી ફેરફાર કરવાની રીત"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr " "
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "IM સ્થિતિનો પ્રકાર"
2.10.1
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340
Added gujarati translations
2004-04-09 13:04:40 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "ઈનપુટ પધ્ધતિની સ્થિતિ દર્શાવતી પટ્ટી કેવી રીતે દોરવી"
2.11.0 svn path=/trunk/; revision=17903
2007-05-24 05:51:56 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "૦.૦ અને ૧.૦ વચ્ચેની સંખ્યા, પ્રગતિ વિજેટમાં લખાણની આડી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી સ્પષ્ટ કરવા માટે"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "૦.૦ અને ૧.૦ વચ્ચેની સંખ્યા, પ્રગતિ વિજેટમાં લખાણની ઊભી કતારબંધ ગોઠવણી સ્પષ્ટ કરવા માટે"
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink